CA SYSVIEW® Performance

Management

Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Version 13.0
This documentation, which includes embedded help systems and electronically distributed materials, (hereinafter referred to as
the “Documentation”) is for your informational purposes only and is subject to change or withdrawal by CA at any time.
This Documentation may not be copied, transferred, reproduced, disclosed, modified or duplicated, in whole or in part, without
the prior written consent of CA. This Documentation is confidential and proprietary information of CA and may not be disclosed
by you or used for any purpose other than as may be permitted in (i) a separate agreement between you and CA governing
your use of the CA software to which the Documentation relates; or (ii) a separate confidentiality agreement between you and
CA.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are a licensed user of the software product(s) addressed in the Documentation, you may
print or otherwise make available a reasonable number of copies of the Documentation for internal use by you and your
employees in connection with that software, provided that all CA copyright notices and legends are affixed to each reproduced
copy.
The right to print or otherwise make available copies of the Documentation is limited to the period during which the applicable
license for such software remains in full force and effect. Should the license terminate for any reason, it is your responsibility to
certify in writing to CA that all copies and partial copies of the Documentation have been returned to CA or destroyed.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENTATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL CA BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE,
DIRECT OR INDIRECT, FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
INVESTMENT, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, GOODWILL, OR LOST DATA, EVEN IF CA IS EXPRESSLY ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE.
The use of any software product referenced in the Documentation is governed by the applicable license agreement and such
license agreement is not modified in any way by the terms of this notice.
The manufacturer of this Documentation is CA.
Provided with “Restricted Rights.” Use, duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to the restrictions
set forth in FAR Sections 12.212, 52.227-14, and 52.227-19(c)(1) - (2) and DFARS Section 252.227-7014(b)(3), as applicable, or
their successors.
Copyright © 2011 CA. All rights reserved. All trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos referenced herein belong to
their respective companies.
CA Technologies Product References
This document references the following CA Technologies products:
■ CA SYSVIEW® Performance Management (CA SYSVIEW)
■ CA SYSVIEW® Performance Management Option for CICS (CA SYSVIEW Option for
CICS)

Contact CA Technologies
Contact CA Support

For your convenience, CA Technologies provides one site where you can access the
information you need for your Home Office, Small Business, and Enterprise CA
Technologies products. At http://ca.com/support, you can access the following:
■ Online and telephone contact information for technical assistance and customer
services
■ Information about user communities and forums
■ Product and documentation downloads
■ CA Support policies and guidelines
■ Other helpful resources appropriate for your product

Provide Feedback

If you have comments or questions about CA Technologies product documentation, you

can send a message to [email protected].

If you would like to provide feedback about CA Technologies product documentation,

complete our short customer survey, which is available on the CA Support website at
http://ca.com/docs.
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction 13
Overview ..................................................................................... 13
What Is History Reporting ....................................................................... 13
Memory Requirements .......................................................................... 13
Report Writer Concepts and Terminology .......................................................... 14
Syntax Conventions ............................................................................. 16
Apply Syntax Conventions .................................................................... 18
Command Syntax Rules ...................................................................... 18

Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports 21

How to Plan a Report ........................................................................... 21
About Sample Reports .......................................................................... 22
Types of Report Formats ........................................................................ 22
Types of Information to Include ................................................................... 23
Variables .................................................................................. 23
Variable Options ........................................................................... 23
ID Options and Identifiers .................................................................... 24
How to Further Tailor Information ................................................................ 24

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 25

How to Write Reports ........................................................................... 25
Types of Reporting Commands ................................................................... 27
Global Commands .......................................................................... 27
Report Commands .......................................................................... 28
Write A Report................................................................................. 31
Write Multiple Reports .......................................................................... 32
Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands ......................................................... 33
Create Multiple Tailored Reports .............................................................. 33
Reports with a File Type of CSV ................................................................... 34
CSVGEN Utility—Convert Generated Reports to CSV Format ....................................... 35
How to Download CSV Formatted Reports ...................................................... 37

Chapter 4: Commands 39
About the Commands ........................................................................... 40
Variables with Commands ....................................................................... 40

Contents 5
ID Options with Commands and Variables .......................................................... 40
CARDLEN Command—Set the Character Length ..................................................... 41
COMMENT Command—Add a Comment Line ....................................................... 41
COST Command—Provides Charge-back Statistics ................................................... 42
COUNT Command—Define Number of Records...................................................... 44
DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables ................................................. 45
DEFINE XID, XVAR—Define New ID Options or Variables ........................................... 46
DEFINE ID—Define Options Using Existing ID Options ............................................. 48
DEFINE VAR—Define Variables Using Existing Variables ........................................... 49
Define XID Options Using the List Command .................................................... 51
EACH Command—Define a Time Period ............................................................ 53
END Command—End a Report .................................................................... 55
EXCLUDE Command—Define Excluded Time Ranges .................................................. 56
EXITRTN Command—Define User Exits ............................................................. 57
FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Command—Generate Audit Report ............................................ 57
FLASHBACK LIST Command—Generate Transaction Report ............................................ 58
FROM Command—Begin Time for Report .......................................................... 60
How FROM and TO Relate to the Log and Historical Files .......................................... 61
Actual Date and Time ....................................................................... 61
Relative Date and Time ...................................................................... 62
GLOBAL Command—Assign Parameter Values ...................................................... 64
Temporarily Override a Global Value ........................................................... 64
Remove a Global Value ...................................................................... 65
GOTO Command—Jump to Specified Location ...................................................... 65
GRAF Command—Produce a Graph ............................................................... 66
GRAF2 Command—Produce Subgraphs ............................................................ 68
GROUP Command—Combine Resources ........................................................... 70
HEADER Command—Specify a Title................................................................ 71
HPLOT Command—Produce a Horizontal Plot ....................................................... 73
IF Command—Assign Identifier Values ............................................................. 74
INCLUDE Command—Define Time Ranges .......................................................... 75
INPUT Command—Input File Name ............................................................... 76
INVOICE Command—Produce a Tabular Invoice Report ............................................... 77
LINECOUNT Command—Set Lines Per Page ......................................................... 78
MPLOT Command—Produce a Vertical Plot ......................................................... 79
OPTION Command—Define Report Options......................................................... 80
PERIOD Command—Specify a Time ................................................................ 87
PLOT Command—Plot Resource Usage............................................................. 88
PLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables ............................................................. 90
PRTEXIT Command—Define a User Exit ............................................................ 90
RANGE Command—Set Criteria to Include .......................................................... 91
RUN Command—Begin Processing and Printing Reports .............................................. 93

6 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

SELECT Command—Specify Identifiers ............................................................. 93
SHIFT Command—Hours Covered for a Report ...................................................... 94
TABulate Command—Produce Tabular Reports ...................................................... 96
TAB2 Command—Build a Secondary Table .......................................................... 98
TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands ............................................................. 99
VPLOT Command—Plot Usage in Vertical Columns .................................................. 101
VPLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables ........................................................... 103

Chapter 5: Variables 105

Functions of Variables and Options ............................................................... 105
Structure and Parts of Variable Names ........................................................ 106
Conventions Used for Describing Variables ........................................................ 107
Source for MVS Variable Values .................................................................. 108
JOB and STEP Record Type Data .............................................................. 108
SMF dsect Field Names Used When Specifying Variables ......................................... 108
CICS Variables ................................................................................ 108
CICS CDSA Variable Class .................................................................... 109
CICS DATASET Variable Class ................................................................ 109
CICS DB2 Variable Class ..................................................................... 110
CICS DLI Variable Class ..................................................................... 110
CICS ECDSA Variable Class ................................................................... 112
CICS ERDSA Variable Class ................................................................... 112
CICS EUDSA Variable Class .................................................................. 113
CICS EXCEPTION Variable Class ............................................................... 113
CICS PAGE Variable Class.................................................................... 114
CICS PROGRAM Variable Class ............................................................... 115
CICS REGION Variable Class ................................................................. 115
CICS SYSTEM Variable Class ................................................................. 116
CICS TEMPSTOR (Temporary Storage) Variable Class ............................................. 116
CICS TERMINAL Variable Class ............................................................... 117
CICS THRESHOLD Variable Class .............................................................. 118
CICS Interval Record TRANsaction Variable Class ................................................ 120
CICS Performance Record TRANsaction Variable Class............................................ 120
CICS TRANSIENT Variable Class ............................................................... 124
CICS UDSA Variable Class ................................................................... 125
IMS Variables ................................................................................. 125
IMS TRANsaction Variable Class .............................................................. 125
IMS REGION Variable Class .................................................................. 126
IMS DLI Variable Class ...................................................................... 127
MQ Variables ................................................................................. 128
MQ OBJEct Variable Class ................................................................... 128

Contents 7
 MQ OBJFailure Variable Class ................................................................ 129
MQ OBJMessage Variable Class .............................................................. 129
MQ OBJTimer Variable Class ................................................................. 130
MQ JOBStat Variable Class .................................................................. 131
MQ JOBFailure Variable Class ................................................................ 131
MQ JOBMessage Variable Class .............................................................. 132
MQ JOBTimer Variable Class ................................................................. 133
AUDIT Variables ............................................................................... 133
AUDIT ALL Variable Class.................................................................... 134
COMMON Variables ........................................................................... 134
COMMON STATE Variable Class .............................................................. 134
MVS Variables ................................................................................ 136
MVS ASCB Variable Class.................................................................... 136
MVS CHANNEL Variable Class ................................................................ 137
MVS CPU Variable Class .................................................................... 138
MVS DEVICE Variable Class .................................................................. 139
MVS DISK Variable Class .................................................................... 139
MVS DSN Variable Class .................................................................... 140
MVS EXCP Variable Class .................................................................... 141
MVS IO Variable Class ...................................................................... 142
MVS JOB and STEP Variable Classes ........................................................... 143
MVS LPAR Variable Class .................................................................... 144
MVS OPERator Variable Class ................................................................ 144
MVS PAGE Variable Class ................................................................... 145
MVS PAGESWAP Variable Class .............................................................. 147
MVS PERFormance Variable Class ............................................................ 147
MVS PRINT Variable Class ................................................................... 148
MVS PROCessor Variable Class ............................................................... 149
MVS STORage Variable Class ................................................................ 150
MVS SU Variable Class ...................................................................... 151
MVS SWAP Variable Class ................................................................... 151
MVS TSO Variable Class ..................................................................... 152

Chapter 6: Variable Options 153

Description and Syntax ......................................................................... 153
COUNT Option ................................................................................ 153
FORMAT Option .............................................................................. 154
LOGICAL Option ............................................................................... 155
MAX and MIN Options ......................................................................... 155
MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options ................................................................ 156
PerCenT Option ............................................................................... 157

8 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

RATE Option .................................................................................. 157
SELZERO Option ............................................................................... 159
TOTAL Option ................................................................................ 159
XTIME Option................................................................................. 160
XTND and NXTND Options ...................................................................... 160
XTND Option ............................................................................. 161
NXTND Option ............................................................................ 161

Chapter 7: ID Options 163

How to Use ID Options ......................................................................... 163
Descriptions of ID Options ...................................................................... 164
ID Options for CICS ........................................................................ 164
ID Options for IMS ......................................................................... 166
ID Options for MQ ......................................................................... 167
ID Options for AUDITLOG ................................................................... 168
ID Options for COMMON ................................................................... 168
ID Options for MVS ........................................................................ 170
ID Options Used with Commands ................................................................ 173
Limitations Caused by Using Identifiers ........................................................ 173
ID Options Syntax.......................................................................... 174
Examples of ID Options Used with Commands .................................................. 174
Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers ...................................................... 177
ID Options Used with Commands or Variables ...................................................... 178
Sample Commands for Report 1.............................................................. 178
Sample Commands and Variables for Report 2 .................................................. 179
Generate a Plot Report Using Variables ........................................................... 180
Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables .............................................. 181
Identifiers .................................................................................... 182
Types of Identifiers ........................................................................ 182
Generic Characters in Identifiers ............................................................. 182
Specify Identifiers in Hexadecimal ............................................................ 183
How Format Identifiers Work.................................................................... 183
Limit the Number of Characters Printed ....................................................... 184
Define New or Redefine Existing Identifiers .................................................... 185

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 187

About Tabular Reports ......................................................................... 187
TAB Command ................................................................................ 188
Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources ............................................... 188
Reports Organized by Date and Time Using Tab Operands ........................................ 188
Organize by Date, Time, or Both and Resource.................................................. 192

Contents 9
Specify Variables .............................................................................. 192
ID Options Specified with the TAB Command ................................................... 192
Include CICS and MVS Variables .............................................................. 193
Use ID Options with Variables ............................................................... 193
Variable Options .............................................................................. 196
DIFF Option—Percentage of Change Between Time Intervals ...................................... 197
RANGE Option—Test Range Criteria .......................................................... 197
SELECT Option—Specify a Time Period for a Variable ............................................ 198
RIGHT Option—Shift the Column for a Variable to the Right ....................................... 199
RATE OPTION—Display a Rate Instead of a Count ............................................... 200
Limit the Contents of a Report ................................................................... 200
Limit the Resources Included in a Report ...................................................... 201
FOR Operand—Limit the Identifiers Included in a Report ......................................... 201
FOR Operand—Limit Reports Organized by Time and Date ........................................ 202
TOP and BOTTOM Operands—Limit Reports ................................................... 202
How Report Sorting Works ...................................................................... 204
Sort Reports by Different Keys ............................................................... 205
SORT ASCENDING Operand—Sort in Ascending Order............................................ 205
Sort Reports by Identifier ................................................................... 207
Use Other Commands with the TAB Command ..................................................... 207
How the RANGE Command Specifies Ranges ................................................... 208
Define Groups of Resources Using the Group Command.......................................... 210
Define Groups by Values Within Specified Ranges ............................................... 211
Use the COST Command to Create Charge-Back Reports ......................................... 213
Create Charge-Back Reports Organized by Group ............................................... 214
TAB2 Command ............................................................................... 215
Limit TAB2 Report Use the FOR Operand ...................................................... 215
Limit TAB2 Reports Using the TOP or BOTTOM Operand .......................................... 217

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 219

What You Need to Know ....................................................................... 219
PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report..................................................... 220
Plot the Variable Value for a Specified Resource ................................................ 221
ALONE Operand—Exclude Global Values from a Plot............................................. 222
SCALE Operand—Change the Scale of a PLOT Report ............................................ 223
CHARn Operands—Specify Plot Characters ..................................................... 224
RATE Option—Convert Counts to Rates ....................................................... 225
PLOT2 Command—Plot Response Time ........................................................... 225
PLOT2 RATE Command—Convert Counts to Rates ............................................... 226
VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report ........................................................ 227
SCALE(3X) Operands—Widen the Scale of a VPLOT Report ........................................ 228

10 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 SCALE (n) Operand—Specify the Maximum Scale Value .......................................... 230
STACK=id Operand—Replace the Plot Character ................................................ 231
VPLOT2 Command—Create a Simple VPLOT2 Report ................................................ 232
SCALE(COMMON) Operand—Use the Same Scale ............................................... 232
MPLOT Command—Used with One and Multiple Variables ........................................... 233
HPLOT Command ............................................................................. 235
SCALE Operand—Used with HPLOT and VPLOT ................................................. 235
EACH RECORD Command—Used with VPLOT and HPLOT ......................................... 237
EACH RECORD Command—Used with MPLOT and HPLOT ........................................ 238
SCALE Command—Change the Scale .......................................................... 239

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 241

GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report .......................................................... 241
GRAF JOBNAME—Graph by an Alternate Resource .............................................. 242
TRANID ID Option—Specify the Resources to be Included in a Graph ............................... 242
FOR Operand—Limit Lines in a Graph ......................................................... 243
SCALE(n) Operand—Change the Scale of a Graph ............................................... 244
SORT ASCENDING—Sort Graph Reports ....................................................... 245
SHIFT Command—Create Reports on Specified Shifts ............................................ 246
EACH Command—Create Reports with Multiple Graphs .......................................... 247
RANGE Command—Create Reports with a Specified Range ....................................... 248
GRAF2 Command Restrictions ................................................................... 249
FOR Operand—Limit the Number of Identifiers in a GRAF2 Report ................................. 250
SCALE Operand—Change the Scale of a GRAF2 Report ........................................... 251
GRAF2 TRANNUM—GRAF2 Command with an Identifier ......................................... 251
GRAF2 Command Used with Multiple Variables ................................................. 252

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 255

About Historical Reports........................................................................ 255
Output Considerations ......................................................................... 255
FLASHBACK LIST Command ..................................................................... 256
Default CICS FLASHBACK LIST Report .......................................................... 256
Create a Default FLASHBACK IMS Report ...................................................... 259
Create a Default FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Report ................................................. 260
Limit FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Resources ............................................... 261
Create Report with Specified Columns ........................................................ 263
Create a Customized FLASHBACK LIST Report ................................................... 264
Limit Default FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Variable Values .................................... 265

Contents 11
Chapter 12: Messages 267
Syntax Error Messages ......................................................................... 267
Other Messages ............................................................................... 268

Appendix A: User Exits 281

About User Exits .............................................................................. 281
Supplied User Exits ............................................................................ 281
Source Code .............................................................................. 281

Appendix B: Sample Reports 283

List of Sample Reports ......................................................................... 283
CICS Sample Reports ....................................................................... 283
IMS Sample Reports ....................................................................... 287
MQ Sample Reports........................................................................ 288
MVS Sample Reports ....................................................................... 289

Index 291

12 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 1: Introduction
This section contains the following topics:
Overview (see page 13)
What Is History Reporting (see page 13)
Memory Requirements (see page 13)
Report Writer Concepts and Terminology (see page 14)
Syntax Conventions (see page 16)

Overview
This CA SYSVIEW guide explains how to use the history reporting commands and
variables to create reports. The person writing reports should have a functional
knowledge of z/OS, CICS, AUDIT, IMS, and WebSphere MQ. They should also be able to
edit a file and access SMF records.

What Is History Reporting

The CA SYSVIEW history reporting subsystem, CA EXPLORE Report Writer, lets you
produce z/OS, CICS, AUDIT, IMS, and WebSphere MQ graphic and tabular reports from
the performance data collected by CA SYSVIEW data collectors. With these reports, you
can study long-term resource usage or detect and analyze unusual events.

The Report Writer reports on a variety of CICS activities, such as transaction use,
maximum terminal response time through the CA SYSVIEW Option for CICS. You control
the time that each detail line in a report represents and the time frame that a report
covers.

The Report Writer lets you access the information you want, at the level of detail you
indicate. With one pass through the historical data, you can create up to 50 reports,
each covering a different time period.

Memory Requirements
The amount of virtual storage needed by the Report Writer depends on the types of
reports you want to produce, the number of reports requested in each run, and the
amount of input data used. To reduce the amount of virtual storage required, either
limit the number of reports in each run or narrow the time period covered by each
report.

We recommend that you run the Report Writer in a region of at least four megabytes.

Chapter 1: Introduction 13
Report Writer Concepts and Terminology

Report Writer Concepts and Terminology

This section describes the major concepts and terminology that enable you to use the
Report Writer more efficiently.
Report Writer commands
Used with JCL to produce reports. Report Writer commands include global
commands and report commands.
Examples: INPUT, RUN, PLOT, EACH, TITLE1

Types of Report Writer commands include the following:

Global commands
Affects all reports in a run.
Examples: COUNT, INPUT, RUN
Report commands
Affects only a single report. Report commands include primary report commands
and secondary report commands.
Examples: PLOT, EACH, TITLE1

Types of Report commands include the following:

Primary report commands
Defines the type of report to be generated.
Examples: PLOT, TAB2
Secondary report commands
Alters or enhance a report.
Examples: EACH, FROM, TITLE1

14 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Report Writer Concepts and Terminology

The Report Writer commands can contain the following parts:

Operands
Keywords specified with commands or variable options that affect the content or
structure of a report. Different commands and variable options have different
operands.
Example: Partial INCLUDE syntax
INCLUDE [day]
INCLUDE SATURDAY

Saturday is the operand.

Variables
Structured keywords that specify what the report is about.
Examples: The following keywords include transaction usage and terminal
response.
TRAN USE, TERM RESP
Variable options
Keywords that change either the type of data a variable represents or the format of
that data.
Examples: AVeraGe, FORMAT, RATE
ID options
Keywords that change either the scope of the data that a variable represents or
organize the data in a tabular or flashback report by a type of resource.
Examples: TRANID, TERMID, USERID
Identifiers
Either the name of a particular resource or a generic specification of a group of
resources that a report or variable is to be limited to. Identifiers are specified
following ID options.
Examples: MYTRAN, ¬OPER1, TERM1+, CICS*

Chapter 1: Introduction 15
Syntax Conventions

Syntax Conventions
Command syntax is shown using the following conventions:
■ Uppercase letters-Uppercase letters indicate that you must enter the entire word.
Sample Syntax:
PLOT

Sample Entry:
PLOT

■ Lowercase italics letters-Variables are presented in lowercase italics letters. You

must substitute specific information for each variable.
Sample Syntax:
PLOT variable idoption(identifier)

Sample Syntax:
PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ)

In JCL, italics indicate user-supplied information. For example, the following line
appears in the JCL for creating reports using tape log file data.
INPUT(filename)

Since filename is italicized, you do not type filename. Instead, replace it with the
filename of your tape log file, as explained in the description of the JCL.
■ Mixed case-Mixed case indicates you can enter either the uppercase portion or the
entire word.
Sample Syntax:
PerCenT

Sample Entry:
PCT

■ { }-Braces enclose options that you are required to enter. Enter exactly one of the
items listed vertically. Enter one or more of the items listed horizontally.
Sample Syntax:
SCALE({mX},{n},{COMMON})

Sample Entry:
SCALE(3X,COMMON)

16 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Syntax Conventions

■ [ ]-Brackets enclose options that you are not required to enter. You can enter one
or none of the options listed vertically. You can enter more than one of the options
listed horizontally, in the order indicated.
Sample Syntax:
[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [FOR n]
[TOP n] [BOTTOM n]

Sample Entry:
HDR2(Rate) TOP 5

■ ( )-Parentheses indicate that you must enter parentheses around the item as
shown.
Sample Syntax:
[SCALE({mX},{n},{COMMON})]

Sample Entry:
SCALE(3X)

■ |-An or-sign indicates a choice between related items. Enter only one of the items.
Sample Syntax:
PGMSTOR=NO|YES

Sample Entry:
PGMSTOR=NO

■ __-Underscoring indicates the default. If you want only the underscored

parameters of a command, you do not have to specify the command.
Sample Syntax:
OPTION {(ECHO=YES) }{(ECHO=NO) }

Sample Entry:
No command needed to specify:
OPTION(ECHO=YES)

■ ...-An ellipsis indicates that the preceding item can be continued.

Sample Syntax:
TAB variable [AND,...]

Chapter 1: Introduction 17
Syntax Conventions

Apply Syntax Conventions

To help you apply command syntax in context, this section explains valid and invalid
ways to enter the PLOT command.

The PLOT command has the following format:

PLOT variable [options] [ALONE] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [CHAR1(x)]

[CHAR2(x)]

The following table shows invalid entries of the PLOT command, explains why they are
invalid, and shows a sample corrected entry:

Invalid Entry Segment Reason the Entry Is Invalid Corrected Entry

Segment
PLOT variable The word variable is in lowercase PLOT TRAN USE
italic letters. You must replace it
with a particular variable name.
PLOT TRAN USE SCALE mX and n are listed horizontally in PLOT TRAN USE
braces, indicating that you must SCALE(50)
include at least one of them when
you use the SCALE operand.
PLOT TRAN USE CHAR1 x is in parentheses. You must include PLOT TRAN USE
* parentheses with each parenthetical CHAR1(*)
option you specify.

Command Syntax Rules

History reporting commands must follow certain syntax rules. If the Report Writer
encounters a syntax error, it displays a dollar sign ($) underneath the unexpected word
or character, with a message about what may be wrong. When the Report Writer
encounters a syntax error, it continues to read commands to look for more syntax
errors, but it does not generate a report.

Keep the following points in mind when writing history reporting commands:
■ Commands and their operands can be entered in either uppercase or lowercase
letters.
■ Each command must go on a new line. Do not enter more than one command on a
line.
■ Commands must be the first (leftmost) word on a line. You can start a command in
any column, but it must always be the first word on the line.

18 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Syntax Conventions

■ If you run out of space on one line for a command and its operands, you can
continue it on the next line by typing a comma after the last (rightmost) word on
the line. You cannot split words with a continuation comma or a hyphen. When you
continue a command, you can start the continued part of the command in any
column, as long as it is the first (leftmost) word on the line.
■ Operands and commands must be separated by blanks, commas, or parentheses to
be considered separate words. Use one or more blanks to separate all words not
separated by commas or parentheses. If you must use commas or parentheses, you
do not have to separate words with blanks. Multiple blank spaces are treated as
single blank spaces. You can type as many blanks as you want between words.
■ Blank lines are ignored. You can include blank lines anywhere, in any number, even
between a command and its continuation.
■ Control statements are processed in the order in which they are read. Reports are
printed in the order you request them.
■ Any line whose first (leftmost) nonblank character is an asterisk (*) is a comment.
The asterisk may be in any column. Anything after the asterisk is ignored.
■ You can embed comments anywhere except between a command and its
continuation lines. You cannot continue a comment with a continuation comma; to
continue a comment, repeat the asterisk for each line of the comment.

Chapter 1: Introduction 19
Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports
This section contains the following topics:
How to Plan a Report (see page 21)
About Sample Reports (see page 22)
Types of Report Formats (see page 22)
Types of Information to Include (see page 23)
How to Further Tailor Information (see page 24)

How to Plan a Report

Before you create a report, you must decide what to include in your report, how it
should look, and the time it should cover.

To plan a report, do the following:

1. Decide whether to use short-term or long-term data for your report. For short-term
data, use records extracted from the current SMF file. For long-term data, use
either the collected performance data records or the archived SMF data.
2. Decide whether to use one of the Report Writer sample (predefined) reports.
3. Decide what format you want for the report: tabular, plot, graph, or historical
(flashback). The format determines the primary report command that you use.
4. Decide what information you want in the report, for which resources you want this
information, and how you want the information ordered and formatted. For
example, you might want to create a tabular report showing all transactions, in
alphabetical order, how many times each transaction was used, and the average
transaction lifetime. To select this information, you use variables, variable options,
ID options, and identifiers.
5. Decide what type of data you want to examine and then supply that type of data to
the program.
Note: For detailed information on the type of data each record type contains, see
the Administration Guide.
6. Decide how to tailor your report using secondary commands. Such commands can
limit the period a report covers, group the resources included in the report, or
assign the report a descriptive title.

Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports 21

About Sample Reports

About Sample Reports

The Report Writer includes a number of predefined or sample reports. Sample reports
are easy to use because the commands are already written for you. The Report Writer
shows you the commands and lets you tailor them in certain ways. However, once you
are more experienced with the Report Writer, you may want to write your own report
commands to create reports that suit your needs more precisely.

More information:

Sample Reports (see page 283)

Types of Report Formats

If you decide not to use a sample report, you must write the commands to produce your
report. You can generate reports in four formats:
■ Tabular reports
Tabular reports display information in a table format. Use this type of report to
compare many variables at once.
■ Plot reports
Plot reports show the values of one or two variables across time. For example, you
can print a report that shows the hourly CPU usage of your system.
■ Graph reports
Graph reports have a similar format to plot reports, but they break down resource
usage by identifiers (transaction, terminal, user, and so on) within the period or
periods specified. This can produce specific information, such as how often a certain
transaction was used during peak periods.
■ Historical reports
Historical reports present a formatted listing of system events in the order they
occurred. You can use historical reports to discover the source of a recent problem
by using data from either the historical file or the log file.

22 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Types of Information to Include

Types of Information to Include

After you determine the format of the report, you must decide what information to
include and for which resources you want the information. You specify this information
as follows:
■ To specify what information you want, and in what format, use variables and
variable options. For example, you can create a report showing transaction use, and
you can have this information presented as the number of occurrences or as
percentages.
■ To specify the resources about which you want information, you use ID options and
identifiers.

The following sections briefly describe these topics:

■ Variables
■ Variable options
■ ID options
■ Identifiers

Variables
Use variables to specify what information you want to be included in a report, and in
what order. For example, if you want a report that plots the number of transactions
executed on your system, you would use the following command, which uses the
variable TRANSACTION USE.

PLOT TRANSACTION USE

Variable Options
Use variable options to change either the type of data a variable represents or the
format of that data. For example, by default, the variable TRANSACTION USE gives the
number of transactions executed. If you want to plot the rate at which transactions
were executed, you can use the variable option RATE with this variable, as follows:

PLOT TRANSACTION USE RATE

Chapter 2: Planning Your Reports 23

How to Further Tailor Information

ID Options and Identifiers

Use ID options and identifiers to specify which resources you want to include in a report.
You can specify ID options and identifiers with variables or with commands, as follows:
■ You can limit a particular variable to certain individual resources by specifying an ID
option and one or more identifiers with the variable. For example, if you want to
plot the number of times the transaction CINQ was executed, you can use the
following command, which includes the ID option TRANID and the identifier CINQ:
PLOT TRANSACTION USE TRANID(CINQ)

■ You can limit an entire tabular, historical, or graph report to resources of a given
type by specifying an ID option with the report command. You can further limit the
report to individual resources of that type by specifying identifiers with the ID
option. For example, the following command generates a tabular report showing
the number of times the transactions CINQ and PINQ were executed and the
average lifetime of each:
TAB TRANID(CINQ,PINQ) TRANSACTION USE AND TRANSACTION LIFE

How to Further Tailor Information

You can further tailor the report by using secondary report commands.

For example, you can use the commands TO and FROM to limit a report to only those
transactions that were executed between 9 and 11 a.m. on June 1. You can also use the
EACH command to define the period each detail line in a report is to represent, and you
can use the TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 commands to specify a multi-line title for the
report.

More information:

Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands (see page 33)

Commands (see page 39)

24 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 3: Writing a Report
This section contains the following topics:
How to Write Reports (see page 25)
Types of Reporting Commands (see page 27)
Write A Report (see page 31)
Write Multiple Reports (see page 32)
Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands (see page 33)
Reports with a File Type of CSV (see page 34)

How to Write Reports

Before you start writing reports, you need to follow the general process for writing and
submitting any history report or series of reports.

To write a report, do the following:

1. Create a job stream. Use the following sample job stream to write reports:
//JOBCARD JOB (0000),TODD,CLASS=A,MSGCLASS=a
//REPORT EXEC PGM=XPFRMAIN,REGION=4M
//STEPLIB DD DSN=sysview.REPORT.LOADLIB,DISP=SHR
//ERPTPRM DD DSN=sysview.REPORT.SAMPLIB,DISP=SHR
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
//TAPSMF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=SMF.inputfile
//SYSIN DD *
INPUT(TAPSMF)
OPTION(RECSTAT=YES)
TAB TRAN USE
END
RUN
*

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 25

How to Write Reports

2. Add parameters to your EXEC statement.

The following is a sample exec statement:
// EXEC PGM=XPFRMAIN,REGION=2048K,PARM=['CASE=UPPER']
['DATAONLY=[YES]']
['DATEFRMT=[MM/DD/YY|DD/MM/YY]']
['ECHO=[YES|NO]']
['COPYRIGHT=NO']

This exec statement performs the following tasks:

■ Forces all output to uppercase.
■ Prints only lines containing report data.
■ Sets the date format.
■ Specifies whether to list report commands before printing the report.
■ Prevents the copyright statement from printing.
3. Write history reporting commands.
The following example shows the minimum commands necessary to write one
report:
primarycommand [variable]
END
RUN

4. Combine the history reporting commands with the job stream.

5. If you plan to use input from a tape file, mount the tape containing the file.
6. Run the job stream created in step 4.

Note: A command can begin anywhere, as long as it is the leftmost word on the line.

26 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Types of Reporting Commands

Types of Reporting Commands

The Report Writer uses two types of history reporting commands. You also use two
special commands for the reports themselves.
■ The two types of history reporting commands are as follows:
– Global commands
– Report commands
■ Special commands for writing reports are as follows.
– END command
Tells the Report Writer that the report description is complete. Each report
must end with the END command. After the END command, you can start
another report. For each new report, the variables you set in the previous
report are no longer in effect. If you want to use the same variables, you must
enter them again. Values set by global commands, however, remain in effect
unless overridden by another command.
– RUN command
Starts executing the reports you described. When the Report Writer
encounters RUN, it stops reading your commands and starts writing reports.
Commands after the RUN command are ignored; so make sure RUN is always
the last command given to the Report Writer.

Global Commands
Global commands set values that stay in effect for all reports that are printed in one
run. For example, if you use the LINECOUNT command to tell the Report Writer how
many lines are on one page, then that number of lines applies to all reports in that run.

You can insert global commands anywhere among the report commands. With the
exception of the GLOBAL command, global commands affect all reports in the run
without regard to placement. The GLOBAL command affects only reports that come
after it.

The following are the history reporting global commands:

CARDLEN
Sets the number of characters in each line the Report Writer reads. This is useful
when you want the Report Writer to ignore sequence numbers.
COUNT
Specifies the number of input records the Report Writer is to read. This command is
useful for testing new reports.

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 27

Types of Reporting Commands

DEFINE
Creates new ID options and variables.
GLOBAL
Makes a command apply to all subsequent reports. This command helps you avoid
duplicating code when you create multiple reports.
GOTO
Causes the Report Writer to ignore all subsequent commands until the specified
label is read.
IF
Creates new identifiers based on other identifiers, or resets existing identifiers.
INPUT
Defines the input files to be used for the report.

LINECOUNT
Specifies the number of lines to be printed per page of the report.
OPTION
Specifies global report options, such as:
■ How dates, null identifiers, and zero values are to be represented
■ Whether summary lines, storage statistics, or dumps are produced
■ Whether messages are printed
RUN
Prints the reports.

Report Commands
Report commands apply to a single report and control what happens in a single report.
They build a report by telling the Report Writer what kind of report to write, what
variables to use, when to start the report, and so on. These commands can be divided
into two groups: primary report commands, which define the type of report, and
secondary report commands, which alter or enhance the report.

28 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Types of Reporting Commands

Primary Report Commands

Each report must contain one (and only one) of the following primary report commands:
FLASHBACK
Prints detailed information about each transaction executed.
GRAF
Produces a graph report that shows the value of a variable for each resource of a
single type; for example, transaction, terminal, and user.
GRAF2
Produces a second graph under each graph line created by the GRAF command.
HPLOT
Produces a distribution plot of one variable against another.
INVOICE
Produces a tabular invoice report using the cost factors you specify. This includes a
separate invoice for each identifier included in the report and an optional summary
for all identifiers.
MPLOT
Plots multiple variables across time.
PLOT
Plots a variable across time.
PLOT2
Creates a second plot below each plot line created by the PLOT command.
TAB
Produces a table of the values of the variables you specify.
TAB2
Produces a second table for each row of a table created by the TAB command.
VPLOT
Plots a variable vertically across time.
VPLOT2
Plots a second variable on top of a plot created by the VPLOT command.

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 29

Types of Reporting Commands

Secondary Report Commands

Following the primary report commands, you can include secondary report commands.
Secondary report commands alter or enhance the report. For example, use the
secondary commands FROM and TO to limit the time range covered by a report, or use
TITLE1 to define a title for the report.

The following are the secondary report commands:

COMMENT
Prints a comment at the bottom of each page of the report.
COST
Assigns cost values to resources for charge-back.
EACH
Defines a period from minutes to years in which report data is to be displayed or
organized.
END
Indicates the end of the current report description.
EXCLUDE
Defines a time range to be excluded from the report.
EXITRTN
Specifies the name of a user exit to be called after each record is read and before
processing.
FROM
Defines the starting date and time of the report.
GROUP
Combines resources into performance groups.
HEADER
Assigns a header to appear above the column headings in a tabular report.
INCLUDE
Defines a time range to be included in the report.
PERIOD
Produces a summary of the plotted resource's average activity.
PRTEXIT
Specifies the name of a user exit to be called before each line is printed.

30 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Write A Report

RANGE
Defines a value range for any variable.
SELECT
Restricts a report to the specified identifiers.
SHIFT
Limits the report to a part of each day, typically a production shift.

TITLE1, TITLE2, TITLE3

Replaces the default title lines of a report with up to three lines of text you specify.
TO
Defines the ending date and time of the report.

Write A Report
The following shows the minimum commands necessary to write one report:

primarycommand [variable]
END
RUN

primarycommand
Defines the type of report. For example, a tabular or plot report.
variable
Specifies one or more Report Writer variables.
END
Indicates the end of the current report description.
RUN
Starts executing the report.

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 31

Write Multiple Reports

Write Multiple Reports

You may want to generate your report in more than one format.

To write multiple reports in a single run

1. End each set of report commands with the END command.
GRAF variable
END

PLOT variable
END

2. Specify the RUN command following the END command for the last report.
PLOT variable
END
RUN

Your graph and plot reports are run.

Note: Each historical report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In other
words, you cannot specify another primary report command (such as TAB or PLOT) in a
job stream with the FLASHBACK command.

Example: Commands to Write GRAF and PLOT Reports

The minimum commands needed to write two reports-a GRAF report and a PLOT report:

GRAF variable
END

PLOT variable
END
RUN

Each GRAF and PLOT report includes an END command.

32 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands

Tailor Reports Using Secondary Commands

You can include specific information in your reports, such as shift information, by using
secondary commands.

To tailor a report, insert the secondary commands before the END command of the
report.

Example: Add a Shift to Your Report

The following example adds the SHIFT command to include only the hours from 8:00
a.m. to noon in the graph report.

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
END

PLOT variable
END
RUN

In this example, because the SHIFT command is not used with the PLOT command, the
resulting plot report covers all 24 hours. To apply the same time restrictions to the plot
report as you do to the graph report, include the SHIFT command with the PLOT
command.

Create Multiple Tailored Reports

You can use the same secondary command for each report you create. For example, if
you are printing 10 reports, you can use the SHIFT command with each primary report
command to specify the period you want each report to cover. Generally, you cannot
use the same secondary command twice for the same report, even if you specify two
different periods. The exceptions to this rule are the COST, EXCLUDE, GROUP, INCLUDE,
RANGE, and SELECT commands, which may be repeated in the same report.

Examples: Incorrect and correct use of secondary commands in a stream.

■ Incorrect Command Stream
GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END

PLOT variable
END

RUN

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 33

Reports with a File Type of CSV

■ Corrected Command Stream

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
END

GRAF variable
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END

PLOT variable
END

RUN

Reports with a File Type of CSV

You can save your report to a file type of CSV and download the CSV report to a PC.

This lets you further process and format your reports using a PC spreadsheet program.
CSV formatted reports can be only of type TAB, TAB2, and FLASHBACK.

Note: Reports with the option DATAONLY set to YES cannot be saved as a CSV formatted
report.

34 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Reports with a File Type of CSV

CSVGEN Utility—Convert Generated Reports to CSV Format

You can take a TAB, TAB2, and FLASHBACK report that you have created and convert
that report to CSV format for use in a PC spreadsheet program.

Note: We recommend using OPTION(ZEROFLD=ZERO) in your reports to ensure that

fields with a zero value do not appear as blanks in the CSV output.

Usage of the CSVGEN utility to convert the generated report to CSV format

Use the prepared sample job $CSVJCL, which is an extension of $SAMPJCL. The CSV
formatted output is generated in the second step of the $CSVJCL job:

//PARSE EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01

//SYSEXEC DD DISP=SHR,DSN=sysview.REPORT.SCSYSAMP
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*
//RWO DD SYSOUT=*
//CSVIN DD DSN=*.REPORT.SYSPRINT,DISP=(OLD,DELETE)
//CSVOUT DD SYSOUT=*
//SYSTSIN DD *
CSVGEN CSVIN CSVOUT VS=; DS=,
/*

DD names:
RWO
Copies the original (source) report here.
CSVIN
Specifies the source report. Usually generated in the first step, but a stored report
could also be used.
CSVOUT
Stores the CSV formatted report here.
SYSTSIN
Invokes the conversion utility with all parameters.

$CSVJCL introduces a second job step, converting the report generated in the first step
to a CSV formatted file. CSV formatted reports contain only data and relevant headers,
presented in the same order as in the source report.

CSVGEN utility has the following syntax:

CSVGEN {<IN> <OUT>} [OPTIONAL PARAMETERS]

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 35

Reports with a File Type of CSV

CSVGEN
Indicates the utility name.
<IN>
(Required) Input DD name. Points to original (source) report which is being
converted.
<OUT>
(Required) Output DD name. The report in CSV format is stored here.
[OPTIONAL PARAMETERS]
Some optional parameters can be used to tailor your CSV formatted output. These
are only one character long.
VS=
Value Separator. Use this parameter to change the default value separator
value.
Default: comma (,)
Example, to specify a semicolon use the following format:
VS=;

DS=
Decimal Separator. Use this parameter to change the default decimal separator
value.
Default: period (.)
Example, to specify a comma use the following format:
DS=,

Your report is converted to CSV format and ready to download to your PC.

36 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Reports with a File Type of CSV

How to Download CSV Formatted Reports

There are several ways to download generated CSV reports into a spreadsheet on a PC.
You can store the report on your PC as a pure text file with the extension .CSV.

To download the report from the mainframe to your PC, use any of the following
methods:
■ Use any suitable FTP client to download the report directly from the JES spool (if
FTP access is enabled). This is the recommended method.
■ Copy and paste the report from your terminal emulator into a text editor on your
PC.
■ Save the CSV report into a data set and do either of the following:
– Use the function Download file from your terminal emulator (if it is supported).
– Use any suitable FTP client to download the report (if FTP access to data sets is
enabled).

Example: Download a CSV Formatted Report

The following example explains how to download a CSV report directly from the JES
spool using Windows built-in command line FTP client. Usage in different FTP clients
should be similar. Bold text indicates commands that you must enter, variable parts are
in italics.

C:\>ftp
ftp> open server.organization.com
Connected to server.organization.com.
220- IBM FTP CS V1R11 at SERVER.ORGANIZATION.COM, 11:11:11 on 2011-11-11.
220 Connection will close if idle for more than 11 minutes.
User (server.organization.com:(none)): username
331 Send password please.
Password: userpassword
230 USERNAME is logged on. Working directory is "USERNAME.".
ftp> quote site filetype=jes
200 SITE command was accepted
ftp> quote site jesjobname=*
200 SITE command was accepted
ftp> quote site jesowner=jobownername
200 SITE command was accepted
ftp> get JOBxxxxx.6 c:\data\csvreport.csv
200 Port request OK.
125 Sending data set USERNAME.XML#A11.JOBxxxxx.D1111111.?
250 Transfer completed successfully.
ftp: 1111 bytes received in 0,11Seconds 11,11Kbytes/sec.
ftp> bye
221 Quit command received. Goodbye.

Explanation of commands used in the example:

Chapter 3: Writing a Report 37

Reports with a File Type of CSV

ftp
Invokes the ftp client.
open server.organization.com
Connects to specified server. Replace server.organization.com with the network
address of the server you are connecting to.
username, userpassword
Specifies the user name and password. Replace username and userpassword with
valid user credentials.
quote site filetype=jes
Creates the connection to JES spool files.
quote site jesjobname=*
Uses all available jobs.
quote site jobowner=jobownername
Selects only the job of the specified user. Replace jobownername with the valid user
ID of the job’s owner.
get JOBxxxxx.6 c:\data\csvreport.csv
Indicates the client is ready to download the report.
JOBxxxxx.6
The client finds the report by job ID and extension. Job ID is formatted as
JOBxxxxx where xxxxx is the job number. The extension (in this example, the
number six after the period) tells the client which spool file to download. Spool
files belonging to the specified job are numbered starting with one, so in this
example the CSV report would be the sixth spool file belonging to the specified
job.
c:\data\csvreport.csv
Provides the fully qualified path where you want to store the report on your
computer.
bye
Closes the ftp client.

38 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 4: Commands
This section contains the following topics:
About the Commands (see page 40)
Variables with Commands (see page 40)
ID Options with Commands and Variables (see page 40)
CARDLEN Command—Set the Character Length (see page 41)
COMMENT Command—Add a Comment Line (see page 41)
COST Command—Provides Charge-back Statistics (see page 42)
COUNT Command—Define Number of Records (see page 44)
DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables (see page 45)
EACH Command—Define a Time Period (see page 53)
END Command—End a Report (see page 55)
EXCLUDE Command—Define Excluded Time Ranges (see page 56)
EXITRTN Command—Define User Exits (see page 57)
FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Command—Generate Audit Report (see page 57)
FLASHBACK LIST Command—Generate Transaction Report (see page 58)
FROM Command—Begin Time for Report (see page 60)
GLOBAL Command—Assign Parameter Values (see page 64)
GOTO Command—Jump to Specified Location (see page 65)
GRAF Command—Produce a Graph (see page 66)
GRAF2 Command—Produce Subgraphs (see page 68)
GROUP Command—Combine Resources (see page 70)
HEADER Command—Specify a Title (see page 71)
HPLOT Command—Produce a Horizontal Plot (see page 73)
IF Command—Assign Identifier Values (see page 74)
INCLUDE Command—Define Time Ranges (see page 75)
INPUT Command—Input File Name (see page 76)
INVOICE Command—Produce a Tabular Invoice Report (see page 77)
LINECOUNT Command—Set Lines Per Page (see page 78)
MPLOT Command—Produce a Vertical Plot (see page 79)
OPTION Command—Define Report Options (see page 80)
PERIOD Command—Specify a Time (see page 87)
PLOT Command—Plot Resource Usage (see page 88)
PLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables (see page 90)
PRTEXIT Command—Define a User Exit (see page 90)
RANGE Command—Set Criteria to Include (see page 91)
RUN Command—Begin Processing and Printing Reports (see page 93)
SELECT Command—Specify Identifiers (see page 93)
SHIFT Command—Hours Covered for a Report (see page 94)
TABulate Command—Produce Tabular Reports (see page 96)
TAB2 Command—Build a Secondary Table (see page 98)
TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands (see page 99)
VPLOT Command—Plot Usage in Vertical Columns (see page 101)
VPLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables (see page 103)

Chapter 4: Commands 39
About the Commands

About the Commands

This chapter describes Report Writer commands, including the syntax and options for
each command.

For more examples of the primary commands, including sample reports, see the
following chapters:
■ “Tabular Reports”
■ “Plot Reports”
■ “Graph Reports”
■ “Historical Reports”

Variables with Commands

Some commands require you to specify at least one variable.

More information:

Variables (see page 105)

ID Options with Commands and Variables

Some commands let you organize and limit the data by specifying one or more ID
options either with the command or with the variables specified with the command.

More information:

ID Options (see page 163)

Variables (see page 105)

40 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CARDLEN Command—Set the Character Length

CARDLEN Command—Set the Character Length

The CARDLEN command is a global command. It sets the number of characters in each
line that the Report Writer reads. This is useful when you want the Report Writer to
ignore sequence numbers.

Entering CARDLEN once sets the line length for all reports in the run. If you use this
command, it should be the first command in your command stream; otherwise, the lines
before it are treated as if they are 80 characters long.

This command has the following syntax:

CARDLEN nn

nn
Specifies the maximum number of columns (characters) per line that the Report
Writer reads. nn must be an integer less than or equal to 80.
Default: 80

Example: CARDLEN Command

The following command specifies that the Report Writer is to read only 71 characters
per line:

CARDLEN 71

COMMENT Command—Add a Comment Line

The COMMENT command creates a comment line at the bottom of each page of the
report.

This command has the following syntax:

COMMENT commentline

commentline
Provides the comment that you assign to the report. The comment can be up to 60
characters long. Every character in the command line must be on the same line as
the COMMENT command.

Chapter 4: Commands 41
COST Command—Provides Charge-back Statistics

COST Command—Provides Charge-back Statistics

The COST command makes charge-back statistics available for any resource.

The following list provides usage information for the COST command:
■ If you use the COST command with a variable you created using the DEFINE
command, you must specify the DEFERRED operand.
■ Use the variable REPORT COST TOTAL to create a column showing total cost for
each row in your report.
■ Use the variable REPORT COST DISTRIBution to create a column showing
proportional total cost for each row in your report. Use this variable only if you
specified the DISTRIBution operand.
■ Use the COST option with a variable to show its cost value, computed using the cost
factor you specify with the COST command. For example, you might specify a cost
factor for the variable TRAN USE using the COST command. Then you could specify
the variable and option TRAN USE COST with the TAB command to create a column
in the report showing the cost for transactions for each identifier or period in the
report.
■ Use the command OPTION MONETARY=x to specify a one-character symbol for the
monetary unit. The default setting is the dollar sign ($).

This command has the following syntax:

COST [variable cost-factor [idoption(identifiers)]

[RANGE(min,max)][SELECT(name)]]
[variable cost-factor [DEFERRED]]
[DISTRIBution value]

variable
Specifies any valid variable keyword. You can use variables defined with the DEFINE
command if you specify the DEFERRED operand.
cost-factor
Specifies the monetary value associated with this resource. This value can include
up to five decimal positions.
idoption(identifiers)
Includes any valid ID option specified with any valid identifiers.
RANGE(min, max)
Allows multiple cost factors for the same resource based on specified value ranges.
(min,max) defines the value range. Specify a separate COST command for each
range.

42 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 COST Command—Provides Charge-back Statistics

SELECT(name)
Applies a period specified with an INCLUDE or EXCLUDE command.
name
Specifies the name assigned by the ID operand of the INCLUDE or EXCLUDE
command. This operand functions similar to the SELECT option. For an example
using the SELECT option and the ID operand of the INCLUDE command, see the
section Specifying a Time Period for a Variable in the chapter “Tabular
Reports.”
DEFERRED
By default, the cost-factor is applied to the data immediately as each record is read.
Specifying DEFERRED causes the Report Writer to apply the cost factor after all the
data has been read. If you specify DEFERRED, you cannot specify the idoption,
RANGE, or SELECT operands.
DISTRIBution value
Creates a distributed cost report. value defines the cost you want the report rows
to total. Specify the REPORT COST DISTRIBution variable to include a column in your
report that shows the adjusted total cost for each row, with all rows adding up to
the amount defined by value.

Example: Cost Commands

The COST commands in this example define the following cost factors:
■ 1 cent per transaction
■ 25 cents per CPU second consumed

COST TRAN USE .01

COST TRAN CPU .25

TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,

TRAN USE COST HDR1(TRAN USE) HDR2(COST) AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN CPU COST HDR1(TRAN CPU) HDR2(COST) AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

The TAB command uses the two cost factors, creating a tabular report with a column
showing the value of each variable for each transaction. The HDR1 and HDR2 operands
assign those columns appropriate headings. The last variable, REPORT COST TOTAL,
creates a column that shows the sum of the costs for each row in the report.

Chapter 4: Commands 43
COUNT Command—Define Number of Records

COUNT Command—Define Number of Records

The COUNT command is a global command that defines a maximum number of input
records to be read for a report. After reading the specified number of records, an
end-of-file condition is forced.

Entering COUNT once sets the maximum number of input records to be read for each
report in the run. You can use this command to experiment with new reports that might
generate more output than you want.

If a FROM command is specified, the counting of records begins with the first record
meeting the earliest time specified in the FROM command. Otherwise, the counting of
records begins with the first record read.

This command has the following syntax:

COUNT nnnnnn [SELECTED]

nnnnnn
Provides the maximum number of records to be read.
SELECTED
Counts only records that pass at least one selection criterion when determining if
nnnnnn records have been read.

Example: Count Command

The following command specifies that the Report Writer is to stop reading records after
reading fifty records that meet any selection criterion:

COUNT 50 SELECTED

44 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

The DEFINE command is a global command that creates new ID options and variables
for use in reports.

Any variables or ID options you define are in effect for all reports in the run.

Important! When you use the DEFINE command to create variables, you may need to
specify the FORMAT variable option with the variable in your report command. If you do
not specify the FORMAT option, variable values will not include a decimal point. For a
description of the FORMAT variable option, see the chapter on variable options.

You can define variables and ID options from scratch, or use existing variables or ID
options as a template.

This command has the following syntax:

DEFINE ID|XID|XVAR
ID
Requests the definition of a new ID option using existing ID options.
XID
Requests the definition of a new ID option.
XVAR
Requests the definition of a new variable.

Chapter 4: Commands 45
DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

DEFINE XID, XVAR—Define New ID Options or Variables

Defining new ID options or variables without using existing ID options or variables lets
you report on any data field located in any supported record.

Use the following syntax to define new ID options or variables without using existing ID
options or variables.

The syntax is shown with a continuation comma at the end of the first line.

DEFINE XID|XVAR name PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=rectype,

[SUBTYPE=subtype] OFFSET=data-offset
LENGTH=data-length,[TRIPLET=triplet-offset]
[TYPE=data-type][HDR1=header1] [HDR2=header2]
[MIN | MAX] [FORMAT(outputformat)]

XID
Requests the definition of a new ID option.
XVAR
Requests the definition of a new variable.
name
Specifies the name of the new ID option or variable being created. For DEFINE XID
commands, name must be a single word. For DEFINE XVAR commands, name must
conform to the structure described at the beginning of the chapter “Variables.”
PRODUCT
Identifies the product for which an ID option or variable is being defined. You can
omit this operand if you use the PRODUCT operand on the OPTION command.
rectype
Specifies the record type. To specify a value in hexadecimal, prefix the value with
the letter x, for example, RECORD=x3C. You can omit this operand if you use the
RECORD operand of the OPTION command.
subtype
Specifies the record subtype.
data-offset
Specifies the offset to the data field from the beginning of the section. To specify a
value in hexadecimal, prefix the value with the letter x, for example, OFFSET=x3C.
data-length
Specifies the length of the data field. If you specify an XVAR with a type of BINARY,
3DEC, 6DEC or NUMERIC, the maximum length is eight bytes.
Note: Character-type variables have no length restriction.

46 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

triplet-offset
Specifies the offset from the beginning of the section to the triplet information. To
specify a value in hexadecimal, prefix the value with the letter x, for example,
TRIPLET=x3C.
data-type
Specifies data types for the DEFINE XID or DEFINE XVAR commands.
■ Specifies one of the following data types for DEFINE XID commands:
BINARY-Indicates binary.
CHARACTER-Indicates character.
HEX-Indicates hexadecimal.
■ Specifies one of the following data types for DEFINE XVAR commands:
3DEC-Indicates a number with three decimal places.
6DEC-Indicates a number with six decimal places.
BINARY-Indicates binary. Default for DEFINE XVAR commands.
CHARACTER-Indicates character.
NUMERIC-Indicates decimal numbers in character format.
HEX-Indicates hexadecimal.
STCK-Converts a store-clock TOD field into mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss.
STCK-DATE-Converts a store-clock TOD field into mm/dd/yy format.
STCK-TIME-Converts a store-clock TOD field into hh:mm:ss format.
STCK-TIMEM-Converts a store-clock TOD field into hh:mm:ss:mmm.
header1
Specifies a string of up to eight characters to be used as the top column heading.
Default: null string
header2
Specifies a string of up to eight characters to be used as the bottom column
heading.
Default: null string
MIN|MAX
Use the MAX and MIN options to force a new variable that by default prints a count
to print the minimum or maximum value.
FORMAT
Use the FORMAT option to define the length of an output field or to specify how
many decimal positions it contains. For a description of output format, see the
FORMAT Option in chapter "Variable Options."

Chapter 4: Commands 47
DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

More information:

Variables (see page 105)

Variable Options (see page 153)

DEFINE ID—Define Options Using Existing ID Options

When defining a new ID option, you can include multiple character strings or existing ID
options, in any order. When printed, components are concatenated without intervening
spaces.

To define new ID options using existing ID options, use the following syntax:

DEFINE ID newid [oldid [(start,length)]] ['string']...

ID
Requests the definition of a new ID option.
newid
Provides the name of the new ID option you want to define.
oldid
Specifies the name of an existing ID option you want to be a component of the new
ID option.
start,length
Specifies the starting position (start) and length (length) of the part of the existing
ID option you want to include in the new ID option. Use these variables if you do
not want to include the entire existing ID option.
string
Defines a character string that you want as a component of the new ID option. You
must enclose the string in single quotes. The string can be one or more characters
long, and it can include or consist entirely of blanks.

48 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

DEFINE VAR—Define Variables Using Existing Variables

Use the following syntax to define new variables using existing variables:

DEFINE VAR newvar = expression

VAR
Requests the definition of a new variable.
newvar
Provides the name of the new variable you want to define.
expression
Assigns any arithmetic expression, the result of which is the value of the new
variable. You can use the following to create the expression:
■ Existing variables
■ The MAX, MIN, TOTAL, and RANGE variable options
■ Valid ID options
■ Constants
You must delimit all variables, operands, and parentheses with blanks. You can use
the following operators in the expression:
+ Addition
- Subtraction
* Multiplication
/ Division
! Exponentiation
( ) Parentheses

Examples: The DEFINE Command

The following examples show ways to enter the DEFINE command:

■ To redefine the length of the ID option TRANID from eight characters to four,
starting with position one:
DEFINE ID TRANID TRANID(1,4)

■ To redefine the ID option PROGID to use only 4 characters, starting with position 3:
DEFINE ID PROGID PROGID(3,4)

■ To create a new ID option called MYKEY with components TRANID and TERMID and
places a blank between the two components:
DEFINE ID MYKEY TRANID ' ' TERMID

Chapter 4: Commands 49
DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

■ To create the new variable TRAN %CPUTIME by multiplying TRAN CPUTIME by 100
and then dividing by TRAN LIFETIME:
DEFINE VAR TRAN %CPUTIME= ,
( TRAN CPUTIME * 100 ) / TRAN LIFETIME

The continuation comma allows the command to be continued on a second line.

■ To create the new variable DCNTMAX that yields the maximum number of transient
data sets used by any one transaction:
DEFINE VAR TRAN DCNTMAX = TRAN DCOUNT MAX

■ To create the new ID option KEY19, which is of record type 19, at offset X'14', of
length 8, and of type hexadecimal:
DEFINE XID KEY19 PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=19,
OFFSET=X14 LENGTH=8 TYPE=HEX

The continuation comma allows the command to be continued on a second line.

■ To create the new variable TERM MYVAR:
DEFINE XVAR TERM MYVAR,
PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=19 OFFSET=X28,
LENGTH=2 TYPE=HEX HDR2=myvar

The continuation commas allow the command to be continued on subsequent lines.

50 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

Define XID Options Using the List Command

Defining a new ID Option using the LIST command lets you display any text that you
specify instead of displaying the SMF record value.

To define a new ID option using the LIST command

1. In LIST subcommand, specify the input-type, input-length, and then continue with
list of value-text pairs.
If a value read from RECORD= matches one from the LIST=, the corresponding text
is used instead of this value.
2. Use the UNKW keyword at the end of the list to specify text that will be printed if
the SMF record field value does not meet any of values specified in the list.

The Define XID option using the LIST command has the following syntax:

DEFINE XID name PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=rectype,

[SUBTYPE=subtype] [TRIPLET=triplet-offset],
OFFSET=dataoffset [HDR1=header1],
[HDR2=header2],
LIST=(IT=input-type, IL=input-length,
value1,text1,
value2,text2,
value3,text3,
…
valueN,textN,
[UNKW,unknown])

For a description of the common keywords, see the section Define ID Options or
Variables (see page 45).
input-type
Specifies the data type of DEFINE XID command with LIST subcommand. Specify one
of the following input types:
■ BIN – Indicates binary
■ DEC – Indicates decimal value in PACKED format
■ NUM – Indicates numeric value in character format
■ CHAR - Indicates character
input-length
Specifies the length of the data field.
value1
Specifies the value in the SMF record corresponding to text1.

Chapter 4: Commands 51
DEFINE Command—Define ID Options and Variables

text1
Specify text that will be printed in the report when value1 is met in the SMF record.
Text is limited to 16 characters.
UNKW
Is a keyword, used for specify UNKW-unknown pair corresponding to all values that
are not specified in the list. Notice that if UNKW-unknown pair is not specified then
blank is used for all unknown values.
unknown
Specify text that will be printed when value from smf record will not meet any from
the list. Text is limited to 16 characters.

Example: Using Define XID Options Using LIST Command.

This example defines the IDoption OWNER from record type 255x4.

DEFINE XID XOWNER PRODUCT=EXPC RECORD=4,

OFFSET=X78 HDR1=OWNER,
LIST=(IL=1,IT=BIN,
0,MVS,
1,MQSERIES,
2,IMS,
3,TCP/IP,
UNKW,UNKNOWN)

TAB DATE SORT ALPHA STARTTIME SORT ALPHA XOWNER,

COMMON STATE EXCEPTION STATUS
END
RUN

Which generates the following report:

START OWNER
DATE TIME STATUS
-------- ------------ -------- --------
07/01/09 00.53.54.005 IMS HIGH
00.55.54.035 IMS NORMAL
07.25.24.438 MVS WARNING
07.25.24.937 MVS WARNING
07.25.24.951 MVS WARNING
-------- ------------ -------- --------
-------- ------------ -------- --------

52 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 EACH Command—Define a Time Period

EACH Command—Define a Time Period

The EACH command defines a time period, from minutes to years, in which report data
is to be organized. The effects of the EACH command depend on the report type, as
follows:
■ With tabular reports, use the EACH command to define the time interval at which
the table is to be repeated. You must create a DAY, DATE, or TIME column if you use
the EACH command.
■ For plot reports, use the EACH command to define the time period represented by
each line in the plot. You can plot by the hour, day, week, or month using the EACH
command. The default is one day.
■ Graph reports break down activity by identifier during a given time period. If you do
not specify an EACH command, the result is a single graph for the whole time period
covered in the report. The EACH command produces a separate graph for each time
period.

You must have the appropriate amount of data in your input file for the EACH value you
specify. For example, you cannot specify EACH YEAR if your input file has data for less
than one year. If the input file does not have enough data, you may not receive a
complete report.

Important! If you use variables that use data collected at time intervals, such as INTerval
variables, be aware that the Report Writer cannot report on a smaller time interval than
the data in the input file. For example, if the input file contains data that was logged at
half-hour intervals, you cannot specify an EACH value of less than 30 minutes. Generally,
the EACH value you specify should be the same as, or a multiple of, your system data
collection interval. This warning does not apply to PERformance record data because
such data is not collected at specified time intervals.

By default, a week is Monday through Sunday. If you specify the EACH WEEK or EACH
nnn WEEKs command and want weeks to begin on a different weekday, use the
OPTION(WEEK=weekday) command to specify the first day of your week.

This command has the following syntax:

EACH [time-period | RECORD] [AVERAGED] [SUMMARIZE]

time-period
Defines one of the following base time units. nnn is the number of time intervals
(up to 999) in the time unit you select.
MINUTE: nnn MINUTEs
HOUR: nnn HOURs
DAY: nnn DAYs
WEEK: nnn WEEKs

Chapter 4: Commands 53
EACH Command—Define a Time Period

MONTH: nnn MONTHs

YEAR: nnn YEARs
Default: DAY
RECORD
Defines the sample interval as each record, rather than as a time interval. This
option is valid only for HPLOT reports; if you specify EACH RECORD for any other
report, the command is ignored.
If you specify EACH RECORD for an HPLOT report, you must use the SCALE operand
to specify a scale for the HPLOT variable.
AVERAGED
Produces a report with one detail line for each period specified by the EACH
command. The variable values in each line represent the average value of the
variable for that period for all the input data.
For example, if you create a tabular report and specify EACH 1 HOUR AVERAGED,
the report will include 24 rows, one for each hour of the day. The first row would
show the average value for each variable for the hour of midnight to 1:00 a.m. for
all the days of input data.
When you use the AVERAGED operand, the EACH value must be 24 hours or less.
SUMMARIZE
Similar to the AVERAGED operand, except that the data is totaled instead of
averaged. Use this operand only with variables that represent counts (not
averages).
For example, if you specify EACH 1 HOUR SUMMARIZE for a tabular report, the
report will include 24 rows, one for each hour of the day. The first row would show
the total value for each variable for the hour of midnight to 1:00 a.m. for all the
days of input data.

Examples: EACH Command

To plot the value of a variable for each half-hour period:

PLOT variable
EACH 30 MINUTES
END
RUN

To create a distribution plot using each record as the sample interval:

VPLOT variable1
HPLOT variable2 SCALE(nn)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

54 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 END Command—End a Report

END Command—End a Report

You must use the END command to end each report. Any commands after the END
command are interpreted as applying to the next report. If you do not enter the END
command between reports, the Report Writer issues a message that you are using
multiple report commands for one report.

This command has the following syntax:

END

Example: End Command

The following is an example of the use of the END command:

TITLE1 REPORT1
PLOT variable1 AND variable2
FROM 02/01/08 00.00.01
TO 02/15/08 23.59.59
END

TITLE1 REPORT2
PLOT variable
SHIFT 17:00:00 01:00:00
END
.
.
.
RUN

Chapter 4: Commands 55
EXCLUDE Command—Define Excluded Time Ranges

EXCLUDE Command—Define Excluded Time Ranges

The EXCLUDE command defines time ranges to be excluded from a report. You cannot
use both INCLUDE and EXCLUDE commands in the same report. You can use multiple
EXCLUDE commands to exclude multiple time ranges.

This command has the following syntax:

EXCLUDE [day] [time - time] [ID name]

[date]
[date time - date time]
[month]

day
Specifies the day of the week. Valid values are: SUNday, MONday, TUESday,
WEDnesday, THURsday, FRIday, or SATurday.
time
Specifies the time of day in hh:mm:ss format.
date
Specifies the date in mm/dd/yy format.
ID name
Defines a name to be associated with a specific setting of the EXCLUDE command,
for use with the SELECT variable option. For more information, see the SELECT
variable option in the chapter “Tabular Reports” and the SELECT operand of the
COST Command (see page 42) in this chapter.
month
Specifies the month. Valid values are: JANuary, FEBruary, MARch, APRil, MAY, JUNe,
JULy, AUGust, SEPTember, OCTober, NOVember, or DECember

Example: EXCLUDE Command

EXCLUDE SUNDAY

EXCLUDE 02/04/08

EXCLUDE 12:00:00 - 13:00:00

EXCLUDE FRIDAY 16:00:00 - 17:00:00

EXCLUDE 08:00:00 - 15:59:59 ID 1STSHIFT

EXCLUDE 16:00:00 - 23:59:59 ID 2NDSHIFT

EXCLUDE JULY

56 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 EXITRTN Command—Define User Exits

EXITRTN Command—Define User Exits

The EXITRTN command defines a user exit to be called after each record is read and
before the Report Writer processes the record.

Note: One user exit, EXPGUX, is predefined for your use.

This command has the following syntax:

EXITRTN(user-exit)

user-exit
Defines the name of the user exit.

More information:

User Exits (see page 281)

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Command—Generate Audit Report

The FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command generates detailed reports on event records
created by the Audit Events component. It produces one line of output per record. To
change the number of columns per line, you should specify audit ID options with the
FLASHBACK LIST command.

Logs are listed in chronological order based on the time when the audit event occurred
and cannot be sorted. You can run flashback reports against the flashback file, the
archive file, or a backup of the archive file (a log file).

Important! Each flashback report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In
other words, you cannot specify another primary report command in a job stream with
the FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command (such as TAB, PLOT, another FLASHBACK LIST or
FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command).

This command has the following syntax:

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG [idoption[(identifiers)]

idoption (identifiers)
Includes resources specified by identifiers for an ID option. You can specify multiple
ID options.

Note: The FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command can generate enormous amounts of output
if run against a very large input file. To avoid problems, use either the FROM and TO
commands, the COUNT command, or the SELECT command to limit the output.

Chapter 4: Commands 57
FLASHBACK LIST Command—Generate Transaction Report

Example: FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Command

The following FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command is specified with the AUDTYPE ID option
and identifier. This report shows only Console command records.

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG AUDTYPE(Console command)

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

AUDIT SYSTEM SUBSYS JOB TASK SECURITY PRODUCT USER TERMINAL

DATE TIME TYPE NAME ID ID NAME GROUP RELEASE ID ID
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/29/09 19.59.59 Console command CA31 GSVQ STC05788 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 19.59.59 Console command CA31 GSVX STC39650 SCHEDULR 12.0 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 SYSV STC27561 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 GSVQ STC05788 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 GSVX STC39650 SCHEDULR 12.0 GSVXSCHT
05/29/09 20.00.00 Console command CA31 SYSV STC27561 SCHEDULR 12.5 GSVXSCHT
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/29/09 20.00.00
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------------- - --------

More information:

Historical Reports (see page 255)

FLASHBACK LIST Command—Generate Transaction Report

The FLASHBACK LIST command generates detailed reports on transactions. It produces
one line of output per transaction. You can change the number of columns per line by
specifying variables with the FLASHBACK LIST command.

Transactions are listed in chronological order of ending time. You cannot sort flashback
reports. You can run flashback reports against the flashback file, the archive file, or a
backup of the archive file (a log file).

Important! Each flashback report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In
other words, you cannot specify another primary report command (such as TAB or PLOT
or another FLASHBACK LIST command) in a job stream with the FLASHBACK LIST
command.

Note: Only a brief description of the FLASHBACK LIST command is given here. For a
more detailed description, see the chapter “Historical Reports.”

58 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FLASHBACK LIST Command—Generate Transaction Report

This command has the following syntax:

FLASHBACK LIST [columns] [idoption[(identifiers)]

[variable [options][HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [AND,
variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]] [AND,...]]

columns
Defines one or more of the following, in any order, to indicate the first columns to
appear in the report. If you do not specify any of these columns, the resulting
report is organized by region ID and time.
DATETIME-Creates columns for the date and time of the record.
DATE-Creates a column for the date of the record.
TIME-Creates a column for the time of the record.
DAY-Creates a column for the day of the record (MONDAY, TUESDAY, and so forth).
JOBNAME-Creates a column for the CICS jobnames.
You may only be able to enter one of the following: DATETIME, DATE, TIME, and
DAY. This is because the width of the output page limits the number of columns
that can appear in a report. You can use one of these operands only if you specify
the variables to be included in your report and limit their number. The number of
variables you can specify depends upon the width of the column for each.
idoption (identifiers)
Includes all the resources (or just those specified by identifiers) for an ID option. You
can specify multiple ID options.
variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable. If you specify a variable, you must specify at
least one ID option.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for a column. Replace text with the new column
heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, for example, HDR1(
).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for a column. Replace text with the new
column heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, for example,
HDR2( ).

Chapter 4: Commands 59
FROM Command—Begin Time for Report

AND,
Signals that another variable will be specified. The comma after AND lets you
continue to the next line.

Note: The FLASHBACK LIST command can generate enormous amounts of output if run
against a very large input file. To avoid problems, use either the FROM and TO
commands, the COUNT command, or the SELECT command to limit the output.

Example: FLASHBACK LIST Command

The following FLASHBACK LIST command is specified with the DATETIME operand. The
COUNT command, specified with the SELECTED operand, limits the report to 15
transactions meeting either the FROM or the TO criterion specified.

FLASHBACK LIST DATETIME TRANID TRAN LIFE AND,

TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN WAIT AND,
TRAN SUSP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPU
FROM 12/06/08 21:00:00
TO 12/06/08 22:00:00
COUNT 15 SELECTED
END
RUN

FROM Command—Begin Time for Report

The FROM and TO commands specify the time period a report is to cover. The FROM
command tells the Report Writer to exclude data less recent than the specified date and
time. The TO command tells the Report Writer to exclude data more recent than the
specified date and time. The TO date and time must be later than the FROM date and
time.

60 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FROM Command—Begin Time for Report

How FROM and TO Relate to the Log and Historical Files

Reports cannot start earlier or end later than the data in the input file used. The dates
and times that your report covers are printed at the top of each page, following the
FROM and TO headings.

The FROM and TO commands relate to the log and historical files as follows:
■ If the FROM and TO dates or times are outside the range of the data in the input
file, the report will cover the data in the file closest to the dates and times specified.
■ If no FROM and TO dates are specified, the report covers all records in the input
file.
■ If dates but no times are specified in the FROM and TO commands, the report
covers all records within the specified dates.

The FROM and TO commands have the following syntax:

FROM time
TO time

time
Specifies the date and time, in either of two formats.

Actual Date and Time

The format for specifying an actual date and time is as follows:

mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss

mm/dd/yy
Specifies the date in integers, where mm is the month, dd is the day, and yy is the
year. If a value is less than 10, you must include a leading zero; for example, specify
03/05/03 rather than 3/5/03.
Note: If your operating system uses the European date format or you specified it
using the DATEFRMT operand of the OPTION command, you must enter dates in
the format dd/mm/yy.
hh:mm:ss
Specifies the time in hours, minutes, and seconds. You can use periods instead of
colons (hh.mm.ss). The hours are in military format, from 01 to 23 hours. The values
for mm and ss cannot exceed 59. The default is 00:00:01.

Chapter 4: Commands 61
FROM Command—Begin Time for Report

Relative Date and Time

If you specify actual dates and times in a report you plan to run frequently, you will have
to change all of the dates in the job every time you run it. The alternative is to use the
relative date and time format, which creates reports that start or end a certain number
of minutes, hours, days, weeks, or months before the current date and time. The date
and time you specify is always relative to the time that you run the report.

The relative date and time format is as follows:

-n [MINUTES]
[HOURS ]
[DAYS ] [AT hh:mm:ss]
[WEEKS ] [AT hh:mm:ss]
[MONTHS ]

-n
Specifies the number of minutes, hours, days, weeks, or months to subtract from
the time at which the Report Writer starts running. It must be an integer, prefixed
by a minus sign (-). You can specify zero (-0).
MINUTES
Subtracts n minutes from the time at which the Report Writer starts running,
rounded down to the nearest minute for FROM commands, and rounded up to the
nearest minute for TO commands. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds the
current time down to the nearest minute.
HOURS
Subtracts n hours from the time at which the Report Writer starts running, rounded
down to the nearest hour for FROM commands, and rounded up to the nearest
hour for TO commands. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds the current time
down to the nearest hour.
DAYS
Subtracts n days from the current date and time, rounded down to the nearest day
for FROM commands, and rounded up to the nearest day for TO commands. If -n is
zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds the current date and time down to the start of
the current day.
WEEKS
Subtracts n weeks from the current date and time, rounded down to the nearest
week for FROM commands, and rounded up to the nearest week for TO commands.
A week begins on Monday morning at 00:00:00. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer
rounds the current date and time down to the start of the current week.

62 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FROM Command—Begin Time for Report

MONTHS
Subtracts n months from the current date and time, rounded down to the nearest
month for FROM commands, and rounded up to the nearest month for TO
commands. If -n is zero (-0), the Report Writer rounds the current date and time
down to the start of the current month.
AT hh:mm:ss
Begins (or ends) the report at the time specified by hh:mm:ss on the day the report
is run. The value is rounded down to the nearest day or week for both FROM and
TO commands. Valid only with the DAYS and WEEKS operands.

Examples: Actual and Relative Dates and Times

Actual Dates and Times

To report from December 25, 2008, at 8:00 a.m. to January 1, 2009, use the following
commands:

FROM 12/25/08 08:00:00

TO 01/01/09 00:00:00

Relative Dates and Times

To report from the start of the current week (Monday morning at 00:00:00), use the
following command:

FROM -0 WEEKS

To report from yesterday at 00:00:00 to the current time, use the following commands.
The report is rounded to the last hour.

FROM -1 DAYS
TO -0 HOURS

To report from yesterday at 8:00 a.m. to today at 8:00 a.m., use the FROM and TO
commands and the AT hh:mm:ss operand as follows:

FROM -1 DAYS AT 08:00:00

TO -0 DAYS AT 08:00:00

To report from yesterday at 8:00 a.m. to yesterday at 4:00 p.m., use the following
commands:

FROM -1 DAYS AT 08:00:00

TO -1 DAYS AT 16:00:00

Chapter 4: Commands 63
GLOBAL Command—Assign Parameter Values

GLOBAL Command—Assign Parameter Values

The GLOBAL command assigns values to parameters of history reporting commands to
be applied to all remaining reports in the run until another GLOBAL command resets the
value. The value set by the GLOBAL command does not apply to subsequent reports in
which the same history reporting command appears.

This command has the following syntax:

GLOBAL command

command
Enter one of the following commands, specified with any of its operands. For
descriptions of the operands of any of these commands, see the description of the
command in this chapter.
■ COMMENT
■ COST
■ EACH
■ EXCLUDE
■ EXITRTN
■ FROM
■ GROUP
■ INCLUDE
■ PERIOD
■ PRTEXIT
■ SHIFT
■ TITLE1
■ TITLE2
■ TITLE3
■ TO

Temporarily Override a Global Value

To override a global value for one report, issue the command before the END command
for that report. For example, if GLOBAL EACH 2 HOURS were set, you can override it
within a report by specifying the report command EACH 4 HOURS with the commands
for that report.

64 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GOTO Command—Jump to Specified Location

Remove a Global Value

You can remove a global value by issuing a GLOBAL command without operands. For
example, specifying the command GLOBAL FROM removes any global value previously
set for the FROM command.

GOTO Command—Jump to Specified Location

The GOTO command causes the Report Writer to ignore all subsequent commands until
the specified label is read.

This command has the following syntax:

GOTO .label

.label
A period followed by a one- to eight-character label. You must also specify a period
followed by this label on a separate line later in the job stream to indicate where
the Report Writer should resume processing commands.

Example: GOTO Command

The following commands produce the sample reports CICS004 CICS.OPERSTAT and
CICS016 CICS.TRANSTAT. The commands between GOTO .MYLABEL and .MYLABEL are
ignored by the Report Writer, so the sample report CICS001is not produced and no
syntax error is generated for the missing operand for the EACH command.

CARDLEN 71
OPTIONS(ECHO=YES,RECSTAT=YES,DUMP=NO)
INPUT(TAPSMF)
OPTION(SUMMARY=YES)

* CICS004 CICS.OPERSTAT *

TAB DATETIME OPERIDS,

TRAN USE,
AND TERM RESP,
AND TRAN LIFE,
AND TRAN MAXLIFE
TAB2 TRANID TRAN USE
END
GOTO .MYLABEL

Chapter 4: Commands 65
GRAF Command—Produce a Graph

* CICS001 CICS.CICSSTAT *

TAB JOBNAME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN USE PCT AND,
TRAN USE RATE HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TRAN CPUTIME AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
DLI USE AND,
DLI SERVTIME
END
.MYLABEL

* CICS016 CICS.TRANSTAT *

TABULATE TRANIDS,
TRAN USE,
AND TRAN USE PCT HDR1(TRAN) HDR2(%USE),
AND TRAN LIFE HDR1(TRAN) HDR2(AVE-RT),
AND TRAN MAXLIFE HDR1(TRAN) HDR2(MAX-RT),
AND TRAN WAITS,
AND TERM USE HDR1(TERM) HDR2(USE),
AND TERM MESSAGES,
AND TERM RESP HDR1(TERM) HDR2(RT-AVE),

AND DATASET USE HDR1(FILE) HDR2(USAGE),

AND DATASET REQTIME
END

GRAF Command—Produce a Graph

Only a brief description of the GRAF command is given here. For a more detailed
description, see the chapter “Graph Reports (see page 241).”

The GRAF command produces a single-line bar graph of the performance of each
identifier associated with a variable. For example, using the GRAF command with a
TERMINAL variable produces a bar graph of the variable for each terminal.

This command has the following syntax:

GRAF [idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options]

[SCALE({n},{mX})] [SORT order] [FOR n] CHAR1(x)

66 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF Command—Produce a Graph

idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variable, specified with or without
identifiers. Specifying this operand causes the resulting report to be organized by
the specified ID option and limited to the identifiers specified by identifiers.
If you do not specify an ID option, all identifiers of the type associated with the
variable are included in the report. For example, a graph of a TRANsaction variable
by default graphs the value of that variable for each transaction.
Specifying the ID option and identifier TRANID(TRAN1) graphs the value of the
variable for transaction TRAN1 only; specifying the ID option TERMID graphs the
value for each terminal.
variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n,mX) or SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX)
By default, the highest value of the axis of a bar graph is set to the highest value of
the graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the default
maximum value is 100%.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you choose produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than
three digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n.
In some cases, bar graphs in a graph Report are too short to appear. To display
these graphs, you can cause each plot character to appear as m characters by
specifying the multiplier mX, where m is an integer. Because the resulting bar
graphs no longer correspond numerically to the scale, this is useful only for
determining relative performance.
SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
DESCENDING-Sorts identifiers in descending order of value of the variable specified.
This is the default sorting order.
ASCENDING-Sorts identifiers in ascending order of value of the variable specified.
FOR n
Limits the report to the n identifiers in each time period that would appear first in
the report. For reports sorted in descending order, these are the n most active
identifiers; for reports sorted in ascending order, these are the n least active
identifiers. n must be an integer.
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC character.

Chapter 4: Commands 67
GRAF2 Command—Produce Subgraphs

GRAF2 Command—Produce Subgraphs

Only a brief description of the GRAF2 command is given here. A more detailed
description can be found in the chapter “Graph Reports.”

Use the GRAF2 command to produce one or more subgraphs for each individual
resource included by the GRAF command. These subgraphs can do either of the
following:
■ Graph the performance of a second, related set of resources. For example, if your
GRAF command graphs by terminal, a GRAF2 command could list each transaction
used by each terminal and show the average terminal response time for each.
■ Graph the values of one or more variables for each resource. For example, if your
GRAF command graphs by transaction, a GRAF2 command could show the usage,
CPU use, and average lifetime of each transaction.

You cannot use the GRAF2 command without the GRAF command.

This command has the following syntax:

GRAF2 [VARS|idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options]

[HDR(text)][CHAR1(x)] [SCALE({n},{mX},{COMMON})] [SORT order]
[FOR n] [AND,|[variable [options] [HDR(text)] [CHAR1(x)]] [AND,...]

VARS
Indicates that there is more than one variable in this GRAF2 report.
idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variable, specified with or without
identifiers. Specifying this operand causes the resulting subgraphs to be organized
by the specified ID option and limited to the identifiers specified by identifiers. If
you do not specify an ID option, all identifiers of the type associated with the
variable are included in the subgraphs. You can use this operand only if you specify
a single variable with the GRAF2 command.
variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
HDR(text)
Overrides the default heading for the variable. Replace text with a heading of 15 or
fewer characters.

68 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF2 Command—Produce Subgraphs

CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character for the variable. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC
character.
SCALE(n,mX) or SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(COMMON)
By default, the highest value of a bar graph axis is set to the highest value of the
graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the default maximum
value is 100%.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you choose produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than
three digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n.
In some cases, bar graphs in a graph report are too short to appear. To display
these graphs, you can cause each plot character to appear as m characters by
specifying the multiplier mX, where m is an integer. Because the resulting bar
graphs no longer correspond numerically to the scale, this is useful only for
determining relative performance.
To have the same scale used for both variables, specify SCALE(COMMON). You can
specify the SCALE operand only with the first variable you specify with the GRAF2
command.
SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
DESCENDING-Sorts Identifiers in descending order of value of the variable specified.
This is the default sorting order.
ASCENDING-Sorts identifiers in ascending order of value of the variable specified.
You can specify the SORT operand only with the first variable you specify with the
GRAF2 command.
FOR n
Limits the report to the n identifiers in each time period that would appear first in
the report, where n is an integer. For reports sorted in descending order, these are
the n most active identifiers; for reports sorted in ascending order, these are the n
least active identifiers. You can specify the FOR operand only with the first variable
you specify with the GRAF2 command.
AND,
Signals that another variable will be specified. The comma after AND lets you
continue to the next line. If you specify multiple variables, you must use the VARS
operand.

Chapter 4: Commands 69
GROUP Command—Combine Resources

Example: GRAF2 Command

The following commands produce a report showing the maximum lifetime for the 10
transactions with the longest maximum lifetimes each day, and the 20 highest
maximum terminal response times for each:

GRAF TRANSACTION MAXLIFE FOR 10 SCALE(10.0)

GRAF2 TERMINAL MAXRESP FOR 20 SCALE(10.0)
EACH DAY
END
RUN

GROUP Command—Combine Resources

The GROUP command lets you combine resources into performance groups. You can
use GROUP with the TAB command, the GRAF command, or any of the plot commands.

This command has the following syntax:

GROUP idoption group-name(identifiers) [INCLUDE] [RANGE(rangeid)]

idoption
Defines an ID option identifying the type of resources to be included in the group
being defined. For example, specify the ID option TRANID if the group is to consist
of transactions defined by transaction IDs.
group-name(identifiers)
Defines any 1- to 44-character name. If you use blanks in the group name, you must
enclose the group name in single quotes. Replace identifiers with the identifiers to
be included in the group (for example, transaction IDs), separated by commas.
You can use generic characters in the identifiers. Once you define a group, you can
use the group name as you would any predefined Report Writer ID option. That is,
you can use a group name together with commands or variables to do the
following:
■ Organize the data in a tabular or graph report by group. For example, if you
define a set of transactions with the group name MYTRANS, you can specify
MYTRANS as an ID option with the TAB or GRAF commands to produce a report
on just those transactions.
■ Limit the value of a variable to the activity of one or more members in the
group; for example, to the transactions in the group PAYROLLTRANS beginning
with AC or to all transactions in the group.
INCLUDE
Includes this group in the report even if it is not included with the identifiers
specified with the TAB command. The value for this group is not included in the
average or total value.

70 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 HEADER Command—Specify a Title

RANGE(rangeid)
Tells the Report Writer to include in the group only those resources that fall within
the range rangeid. Replace rangeid with the ID assigned with the RANGE command
that assigns the range criteria that you want members of the defined group to
meet.

Examples: Group Command

■ The following commands define groups by terminal ID and produce a report
showing the average response time of each group:
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.WESTERN(L1*)
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.EASTERN(L2*)
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.NORTHERN(L3*)
GROUP TERMID DIVISION.SOUTHERN(L4*)

TAB TERMID(DIVISION*) TERM RESP

END
RUN

■ The following commands define groups by ranges of transaction lifetime and

produce a report showing the average use and lifetime of each group:
GROUP TRANID RANGE:00.000-10.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE1)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:10.001+(*) RANGE(TLIFE2)

RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-10 ID TLIFE1

RANGE TRAN LIFE 10-99999 ID TLIFE2

TAB TRANID(RANGE*) TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE

END
RUN

HEADER Command—Specify a Title

The HEADER command specifies a title to appear in a tabular report above the column
headings and to the right of the PERIOD field.

The HEADER command is valid only with tabular reports. You can specify multiple
HEADER commands for one tabular report.

Chapter 4: Commands 71
HEADER Command—Specify a Title

This command has the following syntax:

HEADER(nn,mm) text

nn
Defines the print column where you want the first character of your heading to
appear. Because headings appear on the same line as the PERIOD field, nn must be
20 or greater.
mm
Defines the length of the heading.
text
Provides the heading you want to appear in your report. Do not use string
delimiters.

Note: You can use the RIGHT variable option to shift variable columns to the right so
they do not begin before print column 20, where headings controlled by the HEADER
command can begin. For information on the RIGHT variable option, see the chapter
“Tabular Reports.”

Example: HEADER Command

The following commands create a report showing total transaction statistics, plus
statistics on two particular transactions:

HEADER(28,13) -----EXPC----
HEADER(46,13) -----CSSN----

TAB TIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(EXPC) AND,
TRAN LIFE TRANID(EXPC) AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(CSSN) AND,
TRAN LIFE TRANID(CSSN)
FROM 02/03/08 08:00:00
TO 02/03/08 13:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

72 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 HPLOT Command—Produce a Horizontal Plot

The above commands create a report like the following:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR
PERIOD NONE -----EXPC---- -----CSSN----
TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
TIME USE LIFE USE LIFE USE LIFE
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
08.00 97 144.3 37 0.233 11 0.153
09.00 69 176.4 22 0.343 5 0.012
10.00 143 51.17 109 0.070 4 0.494
11.00 93 90.58 29 0.531 21 0.071
12.00 41 178.1 9 0.688 1 0.025
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 443 111.1 206 0.220 42 0.125
----- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

HPLOT Command—Produce a Horizontal Plot

The HPLOT command plots the distribution of one variable based on the value of
another variable. The variable specified with the HPLOT command plots along the
horizontal axis. The second variable, specified with either the VPLOT or the MPLOT
command, plots along the vertical axis.

You must use the HPLOT command with either the MPLOT or VPLOT command. The
HPLOT command must follow the MPLOT or VPLOT command.

To set the plot character for an HPLOT report, specify the CHAR1 operand with the
MPLOT or VPLOT command.

This command has the following syntax:

HPLOT variable [options] [SCALE(n)] [SCATTER]

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest value of the horizontal axis of a plot is set to the highest
value of the graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the
default maximum value is 100%.

Chapter 4: Commands 73
IF Command—Assign Identifier Values

To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you choose produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than
three digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n. If you use the
RECORD option of the EACH command, you must use SCALE(n), specifying a value
for n appropriate for the activity you are plotting.
SCATTER
Prints a scatter plot showing how many times each point in the plot is reached.

Example: HPLOT Command

The following commands plot transaction use along the vertical axis against terminal
response time along the horizontal axis, for each 15-minute interval:

VPLOT TRAN USE CHAR1(+)

HPLOT TERM RESP SCALE(3.000)
EACH 15 MINUTES
END
RUN

IF Command—Assign Identifier Values

The IF command lets you assign new values to identifiers or create new identifiers based
on existing identifiers.

This command has the following syntax:

IF idoption1=(identifier[,identifier,identifier...])
THEN idoption2=newvalue [ELSE idoption3=newvalue]

idoption1
Specifies the ID option whose value is being tested.
identifier
Specifies an ID option or one or more identifiers to be compared to idoption1.
idoption2
Specifies the ID option whose identifiers are to be assigned a new value if the IF
clause is true. This can be the same as idoption1.
newvalue
Defines the new value to be assigned to the identifier. Replace newvalue with
either an ID option or a character string. If you specify a character string, enclose it
in single quotes.

74 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 INCLUDE Command—Define Time Ranges

idoption3
Specifies the ID option whose identifiers are to be assigned a new value if the IF
clause is false. This can be the same as idoption2.

Examples: IF Command

The following command replaces the value of TERMID with the value of TRANID
whenever the value of TERMID is equal to L*:

IF TERMID=(L*) THEN TERMID=TRANID

The following command replaces the value of TRANID with the character string
production whenever the value of TRANID begins with P:

IF TRANID=(P*) THEN TRANID='production' ELSE TRANID='test'

The following command creates the new ID option DEPARTMENT. Whenever the value
of TRANID begins with P, DEPARTMENT is assigned the value production.

IF TRANID=(P*) THEN DEPARTMENT='production'

INCLUDE Command—Define Time Ranges

The INCLUDE command defines time ranges to be included in a report. You cannot use
both INCLUDE and EXCLUDE commands in the same report. You can use multiple
INCLUDE commands to include multiple time ranges.

This command has the following syntax:

INCLUDE [day] [time - time] [ID name]

[date]
[date time - date time]
[month]

day
Specifies the day of the week specified as: SUNday, MONday, TUESday,
WEDnesday, THURsday, FRIday, or SATurday
time
Specifies the time of day in hh:mm:ss format
date
Specifies the date in mm/dd/yy format

Chapter 4: Commands 75
INPUT Command—Input File Name

ID name
Specifies an identifying name to be associated with a specific setting of the INCLUDE
command, for use with the SELECT variable option.
month
Specifies the month specified as: JANuary, FEBruary, MARch, APRil, MAY, JUNe,
JULy, AUGust, SEPTember, OCTober, NOVember, or DECember

Examples: INCLUDE Command

INCLUDE SATURDAY

INCLUDE SUNDAY

INCLUDE 07/04/08

INCLUDE 12:00:00 - 13:00:00

INCLUDE FRIDAY 16:00:00 - 17:00:00

INCLUDE 08:00:00 - 15:59:59 ID 1STSHIFT

INCLUDE 16:00:00 - 23:59:59 ID 2NDSHIFT
INCLUDE 00:00:00 - 07:59:59 ID 3RDSHIFT

INCLUDE JULY

INPUT Command—Input File Name

The INPUT command specifies what file name is used for input to the Report Writer.

This command has the following syntax:

INPUT(filename,UNBLOCKED)

filename
Assigns the filenames of the input files as specified in the DD statements.
UNBLOCKED
Includes unblocked records.

Default: If you do not specify a file name using the INPUT command, or if you specify a
file name using the INPUT command that does not match any name defined to the
Report Writer, the Report Writer expects input from tape and processes the file as if you
had specified the file name TAPSMF.

76 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 INVOICE Command—Produce a Tabular Invoice Report

INVOICE Command—Produce a Tabular Invoice Report

The INVOICE command produces a tabular invoice report using the cost factors you
specify. A separate invoice is created for each identifier included in the report. Each
invoice begins on a new page and includes a row for each variable you specify, showing
the value of the variable for the identifier and the cost associated with it.

When using the INVOICE command, you must use the COST command to specify a cost
factor for each variable you want included in the invoice. Then, following the INVOICE
command, specify each variable twice, once without the COST option and once with it.

If you want the report to include a summary page showing the total value and cost for
each variable for all identifiers in the report, specify the variable REPORT COST TOTAL as
the last variable with the INVOICE command.

This command has the following syntax:

INVOICE [idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options] [HDR(text)] [SORT order]

[AND,variable [options] [HDR(text)]] [AND,...]

idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variables you specify. You can specify one
or more identifiers (separated by commas) to limit the report to a subset of the
identifiers associated with the ID option. You can use generic characters when
specifying identifiers.
variable
Includes any Report Writer variable. Each invoice in the report includes a row for
each variable you specify.
options
Specifies any valid variable options. To get complete invoices, you must specify each
variable once without the COST option and once with it. For more information
about the COST option, see the COST Command (see page 42) in this chapter.
HDR(text)
Overrides the default description for the row for a variable. Replace text with the
new description.

Chapter 4: Commands 77
LINECOUNT Command—Set Lines Per Page

SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
DESCENDING-Variables are sorted in descending order starting with the variable
the SORT operand is specified with, and, when the value is the same for two
entries, from left to right. This is the default sorting order.
ASCENDING-Variables are sorted in ascending order starting with the variable the
SORT operand is specified with, and, when the value is the same for two entries,
from left to right.
ALPHA-Variables are sorted in alphanumeric order with respect to the specified
identifier; for example, by transaction or terminal.
AND,
Signals that another variable will be specified. The comma after AND lets you
continue to the next line.

Example: INVOICE Command

The following commands create an INVOICE report containing one page for each of the
transaction identifiers. Because the variable REPORT COST TOTAL is specified, the report
also includes a summary page showing the total costs for all transactions.

INPUT(TAPEIN)
COUNT 400
COST TRAN USE .01
COST TRAN TCPU .25
INVOICE TRANID TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN USE COST AND,
TRAN TCPU COST AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

LINECOUNT Command—Set Lines Per Page

The LINECOUNT command sets the number of printed lines allowed per report page.

The LINECOUNT command is a global command. Entering it once sets the line count for
all reports. To avoid printing across page creases, LINECOUNT should be one of the first
commands in your list of commands.

78 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MPLOT Command—Produce a Vertical Plot

This command has the following syntax:

LINECOUNT n

n
Defines the maximum number of printed lines per page. The minimum value is 20,
and the maximum value depends on the size of the paper, but cannot exceed n =
999.
Default: 60

Example: LINECOUNT Command

Set the line count at 72 lines per page, use the following command:

LINECOUNT 72

MPLOT Command—Produce a Vertical Plot

The MPLOT command produces a vertical plot similar to that produced by the VPLOT
command, but only the outline of the detail lines is printed. You can specify as many
variables per MPLOT report as you want.

This command has the following syntax:

MPLOT variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [CHAR1(x)] [HDR1(text)][HDR2(text)]

[HDR(text)] [AND,
variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX})][CHAR1(x)] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]
[HDR(text)]] [AND,...]

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(n,mX)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest value of the plot horizontal axis is set to the highest value of
the graphed variables. For variables that represent percentages, the default
maximum value is 100%.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you choose produces integers, n must be an integer. You cannot use more than
three digits to the right of the decimal point when specifying n.
You can also widen the outline of the plot by using the multiplier mX, where m is an
integer.

Chapter 4: Commands 79
OPTION Command—Define Report Options

CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC character.
HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for the scale of the plot. Replace text with the
new heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as in HDR1( ).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for the scale of the plot. Replace text with
the new column heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as
in HDR2( ).
HDR(text)
Overrides the default description beside the SYMBOLS: heading that describes the
plotted variables. Replace text with the new description, not to exceed 30
characters.
AND,
Signals that another variable will be specified. The variable is plotted on top of the
preceding variables. The comma after AND lets you continue to the next line.

OPTION Command—Define Report Options

The OPTION command is a global command that defines cosmetic options for all
reports. Entering it once sets options for all reports.

This command has the following syntax:

OPTION ([AVERAGE=[NO | YES | n ]]

[DEFERRED | DNW | IMMEDIATE]],
[CASE=UPPER],
[DATAONLY=[NO | YES]],
[DATEFRMT=[MM/DD/YY | DD/MM/YY]],
[DEFEREXT=[NO | YES]],
[DUMP=[NO | YES]][CORRUPT],
[ECHO=[YES | NO]],
[HEXID=[NO | YES]],
[IOERR=[NO | YES | BYPASS]],
[JOBZONE=[nWEST | nEAST]],
[MAXTO=[YES | NO]],
[MONETARY=n],
[NULLID=[BLANK | 'xxxx' | n/a]],
[NULLINE=[YES | NO]],
[PERIOD=WEIGHTED]],
[PERIOD=[NO | YES]],
[PGMSTOR=[NO | YES]],
[PRODUCT=EVSE|EXPC|ESQL|EXPV],

80 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 OPTION Command—Define Report Options

[PRINT=GROUP],
[RANGE=WEIGHTED],
[RECAP=[NO | YES],
[RECORD=n],
[RECSTAT=[NO | YES]],
[RPTSTAT=[NO | YES | xxxxx]],
[STORAGE=[BELOW | ABOVE]],
[STORSTAT=[NO | YES],
[SUMMARY=YES | NO | n],
[TAB2SKIP=[n | PAGE],
[TRACE=[NO | STORAGE | LOADS],
[WEEK=weekday],
[XMSG=[nnn | ALL],
[ZEROFLD=[BLANK | ZERO | 'xxxx']]
['SRT=nnn']
['COPYRIGHT=NO'])

AVERAGE
Specifies whether a line giving averages of the items listed in the report is to be
printed. If you set AVERAGE=n, the averages are printed only if the report contains
n or more detail lines. For graph reports, you can specify when the average is
calculated and if it is weighted.
AVERAGE=IMMEDIATE calculates the average line during data accumulation. The
average is weighted.
AVERAGE=DEFERRED calculates the average line just prior to printing the report.
The average is weighted. This setting is useful when you use the FOR operand or
RANGE DEFERRED command and want the average line to reflect only the lines
being printed.
AVERAGE=DNW (Deferred Not Weighted) calculates the average line just prior to
printing the report, but the average is not weighted.
AVERAGE=NO (no average line).
Default: For graph reports, IMMEDIATE
CASE
Changes the case of the report.
Specify CASE=UPPER to force all output to uppercase. You can also use the PARM=
parameter of your // EXEC statement to perform this function. For more
information, see the chapter “Writing a Report.”
Default: Output is in mixed case.

Chapter 4: Commands 81
OPTION Command—Define Report Options

DATAONLY
Prints only lines containing report data when you specify YES. Otherwise, all lines
are printed. You can also use the PARM= parameter of your // EXEC statement to
perform this function. For information on EXEC statement parameters, see the
chapter “Writing a Report.”
Default: NO
DATEFRMT
Sets the format of dates in report output to mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy. You can also
use the PARM= parameter of your // EXEC statement to perform this function. For
information on EXEC statement parameters, see the chapter “Writing a Report.”
Default: MM/DD/YY
DEFEREXT
Specifies when a user exit is to be called.
DEFEREXT=NO passes control to the exit before any processing is done with the
current record.
DEFEREXT=YES defers the user exit call until after all selection criteria have been
applied and passes to the user exit only those records passing all selection criteria;
such as ID options and RANGE commands.
Default: NO
DUMP
Specifies whether to print a diagnostic dump of input records.
DUMP=YES dumps all used records.
DUMP=CORRUPT dumps all records with detected corruption.
Default: NO
ECHO
Specifies whether to list your report commands before printing the report. Set the
value to NO only after you verify the report commands are correct. Any report
commands preceding the ECHO=NO command in the job stream appears with the
report. You can also use the PARM= parameter of your // EXEC statement to
perform this function. For information on EXEC statement parameters, see the
chapter “Writing a Report.”
Default: YES

82 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 OPTION Command—Define Report Options

HEXID
Specifies whether to allow nonprintable characters in identification fields.
HEXID=NO treats any identification field that contains a nonprintable character as
invalid. All information regarding the resource is saved and printed under the
identifier INVALID.
HEXID=YES deactivates the test for nonprintable characters. When the report
prints, however, all nonprintable characters are printed as periods.
Default: YES
IOERR
Determines what happens if the Report Writer encounters an I/O error in input
data.
IOERR=NO causes the Report Writer to stop and no reports are printed.
IOERR=YES causes the Report Writer to treat the error as an end-of-file and
produces reports defined up to that point.
IOERR=BYPASS causes the Report Writer to attempt to bypass the error condition
and continue processing input.
Default: NO
JOBZONE
Sets the job zone (the number of hours east or west of Greenwich Mean Time).
Specify nEAST or nWEST, where n is an integer.
Default: Value set by the ZONE parameter of the IPL SET command.
MAXTO
Applies only if every report in the run includes a TO command. By default, an
end-of-file condition is forced when the maximum TO time specified with any
report is exceeded. If the input file is not in chronological order, specify MAXTO=NO
to force the entire file to be read.
Default: YES
MONETARY
Specifies the character to precede currency numbers. You can specify any single
character.
Default: $ (dollar sign)
NULLID
Defines a four-character string to be printed in any identifier field for which no
identifier exists. Specify NULLID=BLANK to print blanks in fields for which no
identifier exists.
Default: The characters n/a

Chapter 4: Commands 83
OPTION Command—Define Report Options

NULLINE
Specifies whether lines with all zero values should print.
Default: YES for plot reports; NO for tabular reports
PERIOD
Controls whether the period line of a plot report is a weighted value; that is, the
average of all the detail lines. PERIOD=WEIGHTED converts the period line into a
weighted value that represents a true average over the period.
Default: Not weighted
PERIOD
Controls whether the period line of a tabular report should print.
Default: YES
PGMSTOR
Controls whether the diagnostic storage analysis facility displays the storage
acquired by each Report Writer internal program.
Default: NO
PRODUCT
Specifies the product for DEFINE XID or DEFINE XVAR commands. Specify XPFC for
Command for CICS.
Default: No default
PRINT
Controls whether or not a report prints only group items.
Default: GROUP
RANGE
Controls whether the range line of a plot report is a weighted value; that is, the
average of all the detail lines. RANGE=WEIGHTED converts the range line into a
weighted value.
Default: Not weighted
RECAP
Specifies whether to produce a summary value for each identifier in the report.
Depending on the variable, the summary line includes the total, average, maximum,
or minimum values of the variable. This option is valid only for tabular reports
organized by identifier and time.

84 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 OPTION Command—Define Report Options

RECORD
Specifies the decimal value of the record type for DEFINE XID or DEFINE XVAR
commands.
Default: No default
RECSTAT
Specifies whether to print statistics about CA SYSVIEW records following your
report. RECSTAT=YES prints information including the length of each record and
each of its components (in the case of performance records), the percentage of the
total disk space that each record or component comprises, and the time period
covered by each.
This helps you determine which CICS resources to collect data for. In particular, if a
given component contains a great deal of data, but you seldom run reports on this
data, you may choose to stop collecting that data in order to lessen the storage
required for the SMF files.
Default: NO
RPTSTAT
Controls how often the following message is issued to the console:
ERPT274I STATUS: CNT - nnnnn.
TIME - mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss
nnnnn provides the current number of input records processed. mm/dd/yy
hh:mm:ss provides the timestamp of the current record.
RPTSTAT=YES produces a status message every 10,000 records. RPTSTAT=nnnnn
produces a status message every nnnnn records. You can also specify HOUR, DAY,
or WEEK to generate the status message on a hourly, daily, or weekly interval.
Default: NO
STORAGE
If 31-bit addressing is available, specifies whether storage is acquired above or
below the 16 MB line.
Default: ABOVE
STORSTAT
Specifies whether to print storage statistics following the last report. STORSTAT=YES
prints the storage amounts allocated to each report and the total amount of unused
virtual storage.
Default: NO

Chapter 4: Commands 85
OPTION Command—Define Report Options

SUMMARY
Pertains only to tabular reports using an ID option. SUMMARY=YES prints a
summary line. If you specify SUMMARY=n, summary lines are printed only if the
report contains at least n lines. Depending on the variable, the summary line
includes the total, average, maximum, or minimum values of the variable.
Default: YES
TAB2SKIP
For TAB2 reports only, controls how much space is left between identifiers listed by
the TAB command. Either specify TAB2SKIP=n, where n is the number of lines to be
skipped, or specify TAB2SKIP=PAGE to generate a page break after each identifier.
Default: 0 (no space)
TRACE
Controls the diagnostic tracing facility. TRACE=STORAGE causes message ERPT267I
to print every time an internal storage request is processed. This message shows
the name of the internal program requesting storage and shows how much storage
the program is requesting.
TRACE=LOADS causes message ERPT283I to be printed whenever a Report Writer
module is loaded or freed. This message shows the name of the module.
Default: NO
WEEK
Specifies the first day of the week (SUNday, MONday, TUESday, WEDnesday,
THURsday, FRIday, or SATurday). If you specify the EACH nnn WEEKs command, you
can use this operand to specify whether a week is Monday through Sunday,
Tuesday through Monday, and so on.
Default: MONday
XMSG
Excludes messages from printing and from displaying on the console. XMSG=nnn
excludes message ERPTnnn from output. XMSG=ALL excludes all messages.
Default: No messages are excluded.
ZEROFLD
Defines a value to replace any zero values. ZEROFLD=BLANK replaces any zero value
with a blank. ZEROFLD=ZERO prints a zero. ZEROFLD=xxxx replaces each zero value
with xxxx.
Default: BLANK for tabular reports; ZERO for graph and plot reports.

86 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 PERIOD Command—Specify a Time

SRT
Specifies a new default decimal value for the CA SYSVIEW record type.
For example, specifying SRT=250 changes the default record type from 255 to 250.
Default: 255
Note: The CA EXPLORE Report Writer automatically recognizes if CA SYSVIEW
produced the SMF record. Using the SRT option disables automatic recognition.
COPYRIGHT
Controls whether to print the copyright statement lines. Specifying COPYRIGHT=NO
prevents the copyright statement from printing. Notice that first statement is
printed before the options are processed. To stop the first statement from printing,
include the EXEC parameter of COPYRIGHT=NO.
Note: For more information, see the chapter “Writing a Report (see page 25).”

Example: OPTION Command

The sample OPTION command does the following:

■ Prints a zero for each zero value in the report
■ Prints lines with all zero values
■ Prints a line showing the average values of the items in the report if the report
contains five or more detail lines
OPTION(ZEROFLD=ZERO,NULLINE=YES,AVERAGE=5)

PERIOD Command—Specify a Time

The PERIOD command produces one report per time-period, including a summary of the
average activity of variables during a specified time. It can be used with the PLOT and
TAB commands.

You must have the appropriate amount of data in your input file for the period you
specify. For example, you cannot specify PERIOD YEAR if your input file has less than one
year of data.

This command has the following syntax:

PERIOD time-period [SKIP=n]

Chapter 4: Commands 87
PLOT Command—Plot Resource Usage

time-period
Specifies one of the following base time units. nnn is the number of time intervals
(up to 999) in the time unit you select.
Default: 1
MINUTE
nnn MINUTES
HOUR
nnn HOURS
DAY
nnn DAYS
WEEK
nnn WEEKS
MONTH
nnn MONTHS
YEAR
nnn YEARS
SKIP=n
Defines the number of lines to skip between reports for each period. n can range
from 1 to 9. If you do not specify SKIP=n, a page break occurs between periods.

Examples: PERIOD Command

To request a summary of the average daily activity of a resource, use the following
commands:

PLOT variable
PERIOD DAY
END
RUN

For a summary of the average activity of a resource every three months, use the
following commands:

TAB variable
PERIOD 3 MONTHS
END
RUN

PLOT Command—Plot Resource Usage

The PLOT command produces reports that plot resource usage horizontally across time.

88 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 PLOT Command—Plot Resource Usage

This command has the following syntax:

PLOT variable [options] [ALONE] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [CHAR1(x)]) [CHAR2(x)]

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
ALONE
Prevents the display of the global (system-wide) value of the variable. To use this
operand, you must restrict the variable with an ID option.
SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(n,mX)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest horizontal axis value of a plot equals the highest value
reached by a variable in the plot or, for variables representing percentages, 100%.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value.
If the variable that you choose produces integers, n must be an integer. In some
cases, bar graphs in a plot report are too short to appear. To display these graphs,
you can cause each plot character to appear as m characters by specifying the
multiplier mX, where m is an integer. Because the resulting bar graphs no longer
correspond numerically to the scale, this is useful only for determining relative
performance.
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character that represents the restricted variable. Replace x with
any valid EBCDIC character.
CHAR2(x)
Specifies the plot character that represents the global variable. Replace x with any
valid EBCDIC character.

Example: PLOT Command

The following commands plot the value of the variable TRAN LIFE for transaction CINQ
and the value for all transactions, using a scale of 0 to 500. The character X is used to
plot the activity of transaction CINQ and a plus sign (+) is used to plot the activity of all
transactions.

PLOT TRAN LIFE TRANID(CINQ) SCALE(500) CHAR1(X) CHAR2(+)

END
RUN

Chapter 4: Commands 89
PLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables

More information:

Plot Reports (see page 219)

PLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables

The PLOT2 command is used with the PLOT command to plot two variables across time.
This lets you compare the performance of two variables side-by-side in a single report to
see if a cause-and-effect relationship exists between the two. You cannot use the PLOT2
command without the PLOT command.

This command has the following syntax:

PLOT2 variable [options][ALONE][SCALE({n},{mX},{COMMON})][CHAR1(x)]

[CHAR2(x)]

The operands for the PLOT2 command are the same as for the PLOT command except
for the COMMON option of the SCALE operand. Specify SCALE(COMMON) if you want
the same scale to be used to plot both variables.

For an explanation of the other PLOT2 operands, see the descriptions of the PLOT
operands in PLOT Command (see page 88) in this chapter.

Example: PLOT and PLOT2 Commands

In the following example, the PLOT and PLOT2 commands are used to compare the
transaction use of transaction CINQ against its lifetime, using the same scale for both
variables. Because the ALONE operand is specified, global activity (the values of the
variables for all transactions) is not plotted.

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ) ALONE

PLOT2 TRAN LIFETIME TRANID(CINQ) ALONE SCALE(COMMON)
END
RUN

PRTEXIT Command—Define a User Exit

PRTEXIT command defines a user exit to be called before each line is printed.

Note: The user exit PRTGUX is predefined for your use.

90 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 RANGE Command—Set Criteria to Include

This command has the following syntax:

PRTEXIT(user-exit)

user-exit
Defines the name of the user exit.

More information:

User Exits (see page 281)

RANGE Command—Set Criteria to Include

The RANGE command sets criteria that must be met before data is included in a report.

You can use the RANGE command only with Report Writer variables that have numeric
values.

This command has the following syntax:

RANGE variable [RATE] min1-max1,min2-max2,..[ALONE][DEFERRED][ID rangeid]

[UNDERLINE]
[HIGHLIGHT]

variable
Includes any numeric Report Writer variable, to which the range criteria are to be
applied.
RATE
Specifies range values as rates (number per second). RATE is valid only when
DEFERRED is specified.
min1-max1, min2-max2, ...
Specifies up to 10 minimum and maximum values for the variable chosen. You can
specify a single value, or a single value followed by a plus sign (+) to signify no upper
boundary. When you specify a pair, records are included if the variable value you
specify is greater than or equal to the minimum value and less than the maximum
value.
ALONE
Applies only if multiple RANGE commands are used in a single report. If more than
one RANGE command is used, all range criteria must be satisfied before a record is
accepted. If one range value fails, the record is discarded. If the ALONE option is
specified on one RANGE command and the record passes its range criteria, the
record is accepted and all other RANGE commands are ignored.

Chapter 4: Commands 91
RANGE Command—Set Criteria to Include

DEFERRED
Waits to apply the range criteria until after all the input data is read, and then
discards lines having values that do not meet those range criteria. For example, you
must use the DEFERRED operand to report on only those jobs that were executed
10 or more times, because the Report Writer is able to determine this only after it
reads all the input data. The RATE option is valid for the RANGE command when
you use the DEFERRED operand.
UNDERLINE
Like the DEFERRED operand, waits to apply range criteria until after all the input
data is read. However, instead of discarding lines having values that do not meet
the range criteria, the UNDERLINE option prints all lines and underlines those values
that meet a range criterion.
HIGHLIGHT
Similar to UNDERLINE but prints values meeting the range criteria in boldface rather
than underlining them. If the report is printed on a laser printer, these values may
not appear to have been bolded; in that case, use the UNDERLINE operand instead
of the HIGHLIGHT operand.
ID rangeid
In a tabular report, assigns an identifier to the specified range of values for the
variable. Rangeid must be one to eight characters. You can use the GROUP
command to specify a group that includes only those resources that fall within the
range named rangeid. For more information, see GROUP Command (see page 70) in
this chapter.

Examples: RANGE Command

To plot the activity of transactions with response times under one second, use the
following commands:

PLOT TRAN USE

RANGE TERM RESP 0-1 DEFERRED
END
RUN

The following commands define groups by ranges of transaction lifetime and produce a
report showing the average use and lifetime of each group:

GROUP TRANID RANGE:00.000-10.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE1)

GROUP TRANID RANGE:10.001+(*) RANGE(TLIFE2)
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-10 ID TLIFE1
RANGE TRAN LIFE 10-99999 ID TLIFE2
TAB TRANID(RANGE*) TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE
END
RUN

92 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 RUN Command—Begin Processing and Printing Reports

RUN Command—Begin Processing and Printing Reports

The RUN command ends the interpretation of commands and begins the processing and
printing of reports.

The RUN command should be the last command in your job stream. Any commands
after the RUN command are ignored.

This command has the following syntax:

RUN

Example: RUN Command

The following is an example of the RUN command in a job stream:

TITLE1 REPORT1
PLOT variable
FROM 02/01/08 00.00.01
TO 02/15/08 23.59.59
END
*
TITLE1 REPORT2
PLOT variable
SHIFT 17:00:00 01:00:00
END
RUN

SELECT Command—Specify Identifiers

Use the SELECT command to specify the identifiers to be included in or excluded from a
report. This command is particularly useful in restricting the following types of reports:
■ Sample reports, which cannot otherwise be restricted to specific resources.
■ Tabular reports not organized by resource, which can otherwise be restricted only
by specifying the ID option and identifiers with every variable included in the
report.

This command has the following syntax:

SELECT idoption(identifiers)

idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option followed by one or more identifiers of the appropriate type.
You can use generic characters when specifying identifiers. Separate multiple
identifiers by commas.

Chapter 4: Commands 93
SHIFT Command—Hours Covered for a Report

Example: SELECT Command

The following commands generate a CICS.TERM.STAT sample report. The SELECT

command limits the report to terminals with IDs that do not begin with the letter T.

SELECT TERMID(¬T*)
TAB TERMIDS TERMINAL RESP,
AND TERM MESSAGES,
AND TERM READS,
AND TERM WRITES,
AND TERM INPUTSIZE,
AND TERM OUTPUTSIZE
END
RUN

The following commands generate a tabular report organized by time but not by
resource. The SELECT command restricts the report to three transactions, an alternative
to specifying the ID option and identifiers TRANID(PAY1,PAY2,PAY3) with each variable.

SELECT TRANID(PAY1,PAY2,PAY3)
TAB TIME TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE RATE HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN USE DIFF HDR2(%CHANGE) AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN MAXI/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPUTIME AND,
TRAN ABENDS AND,
TRAN GETMSIZE
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

SHIFT Command—Hours Covered for a Report

The SHIFT command restricts the hours of the day covered by a report.

Like most secondary commands, the SHIFT command cannot be used twice for the same
report, even if two different periods of time are specified.

94 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 SHIFT Command—Hours Covered for a Report

The following provides an incorrect use of SHIFT commands in a command stream and
the corrected command stream:
■ Incorrect Command Stream
GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 12:00:00
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END
RUN

■ Corrected Command Stream

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 17:00:00

END

GRAF variable
SHIFT 13:00:00 17:00:00
END
RUN

This command has the following syntax:

SHIFT start-time end-time

start-time
Specifies the earliest time to include in the report, in hh:mm:ss format, where hh is
hours, mm is minutes, and ss is seconds. You can use periods instead of colons to
separate the hours, minutes, and seconds.
end-time
Specifies the latest time to include in the report, in the same format as start-time.

Examples: SHIFT Command

To graph only the activity that occurs between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., enter the
following:

GRAF variable
SHIFT 08:00:00 17:00:00
END
RUN

Shifts can cross midnight. For example, to write a tabular report that covers from 11:00
p.m. to 7:00 a.m., use the following commands:

TAB variable
SHIFT 23:00:00 07:00:00
END
RUN

Chapter 4: Commands 95
TABulate Command—Produce Tabular Reports

TABulate Command—Produce Tabular Reports

The TAB command produces tabular reports. The variables you specify with the TAB
command determine the columns in your report and the order in which they appear.

The operands you specify determine:

■ How the report is organized: by time, by classes of or individual identifiers (such as
transactions, terminals, or users), or by the relationship between identifiers
■ How the report is sorted
■ The column headings that appear in the report

This command has the following syntax:

TAB [period] [idoption[(identifiers)]] variable [options]

[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [SORT order] [FOR n] [AND,
[TOP n]
[BOTTOM n]
variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]] [AND,...]

period
Sets the first column in the report to one of the following:
DATETIME-Display the date and time
DATE-Display the date
TIME-Display the time
DAY-Display the day (MONDAY, TUESDAY, and so on)
idoption(identifiers)
Includes any ID option that is valid for the variable, specified with or without
identifiers. Specifying this operand causes the resulting report to be organized by
the specified ID option and limited to the identifiers specified by identifiers. You can
specify multiple ID options. Identifiers are listed either beginning in the first column
(if you did not specify a time period as the first column) or beginning in the second
column.
variable
Includes any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.

96 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 TABulate Command—Produce Tabular Reports

HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for a column. (Each column has two default
eight-character lines.) Replace text with the new column heading. To remove the
header, replace text with a null string, as in HDR1( ).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for a column. Replace text with the new
column heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as in HDR2(
).
SORT order
Sorts the report. Replace order with one of the following:
DESCENDING-Variables are sorted in descending order starting with the variable
the SORT operand is specified with, and, when the value is the same for two
entries, from left to right. This is the default sorting order.
ASCENDING-Variables are sorted in ascending order starting with the variable the
SORT operand is specified with, and, when the value is the same for two entries,
from left to right.
ALPHA-Variables are sorted in alphanumeric order with respect to the specified
identifier (for example, by transaction or terminal).
You can use SORT only if the report is organized by identifier; for example, by
transaction. If the report is organized by time, then it is already sorted.
FOR n
For Reports Organized by Identifier and Time or Date: Limits your reports to the n
identifiers in each time period that would appear first in the report, where n is an
integer. For reports sorted in descending order, these are the n most active
identifiers. For reports sorted in ascending order, these are the n least active
identifiers.
For Reports Organized by Time or Date: Limits your reports to the n times or dates
with the highest values for the first variable specified. For reports sorted by a
variable in descending order, these are the n times or dates with the highest value
for that variable. For reports sorted by a variable in ascending order, these are the n
times or dates with the lowest value for that variable.
TOP n
Limits reports organized by identifier to the n identifiers with the highest values for
the first variable specified, where n is an integer. Unlike the FOR operand, which
determines which identifiers to include in the report only after all the data has been
read and processed, the TOP operand tests each record as it is read and discards
records that do not qualify, saving storage.
The TOP operand is appropriate for ID options with many unique identifiers, such as
TRANNUM.

Chapter 4: Commands 97
TAB2 Command—Build a Secondary Table

BOTTOM n
Identical to the TOP operand except it prints the n identifiers with the lowest values
for the first variable specified.
AND,
Signals that another variable will be specified. The comma after AND lets you
continue to the next line.

Examples: TAB Command

Create a tabular report organized by date and time that shows the transaction use and
average transaction lifetime for all transactions each hour:

TAB DATETIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

Create a tabular report organized by date and time that shows the five hours with the
highest average transaction lifetime:

TAB DATETIME TRANID TRAN LIFE FOR 5

EACH HOUR
END
RUN

More information:

Tabular Reports (see page 187)

TAB2 Command—Build a Secondary Table

The TAB2 command builds a secondary table for each row of the table created by the
TAB command.

This command has the following syntax:

TAB2 idoption[(identifiers)] variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]

[SORT order] [FOR n] [AND,
[TOP n]
[BOTTOM n]
variable [options] [HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)]] [AND,...]

98 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands

The TAB2 command uses the same operands as the TAB command, except that you
cannot specify both a period operand (DATETIME, DATE, TIME, or DAY) and an ID
option. For an explanation of the TAB2 operands, see the description of the TAB
operands in TABulate Command (see page 96) in this chapter.

You cannot use the TAB2 command without the TAB command.

You can use the TAB2 command only if you also specify the TAB command with an ID
option. You can specify a period option (DATETIME, DATE, TIME, and DAY) with either
the TAB command or the TAB2 command, but not with both.

Examples: TAB2 Command

The following commands create a tabular report organized first by transaction ID and
then by the date:

TAB TRANID TRAN USE

TAB2 DATE TRAN USE
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

More information:

Tabular Reports (see page 187)

TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands

Three 60-character lines at the top of each page are reserved for titles. The TITLE1,
TITLE2, and TITLE3 commands write titles on the first, second, and third of these lines,
respectively. If you do not use the TITLE commands, the Report Writer assigns its own
title lines to the report.

Titles are printed only for the report in which the TITLE commands occur. Use the
GLOBAL TITLEn command to print the same title for all reports in one run.

The TITLE1 title is printed first, the TITLE2 title is printed below it, and the TITLE3 title
appears last. You must specify the TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 commands in that order.
You can use none, one, or all of these commands in any combination.

Chapter 4: Commands 99
TITLE1, TITLE2, and TITLE3 Commands

These commands have the following syntax:

TITLE1 titletext
TITLE2 titletext
TITLE3 titletext

titletext
Specifies the title that you assign to the report, up to 60 characters. Every character
in titletext must be on the same line as the TITLE1, TITLE2, or TITLE3 command; you
cannot continue titles with a continuation character. To dynamically insert dates
and times into titletext, use the keywords described in the next section.

TITLEn has the following keywords:

You can use keywords to dynamically place dates and times in your report titles.
Keywords have the following format:

&SourceRangeFormat

Replace the variables as shown:

&Source
Replace with one of the following to determine the origin of the dates and times:
C-Uses report command specifications
R-Uses the starting and ending times for the data in the report
E-Uses the EACH command specifications
P-Uses the PERIOD command specifications
Range
Replace with one of the following to determine whether to take data from the
FROM command or the TO command:
F-Uses the FROM command specification
T-Uses the TO command specification

100 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 VPLOT Command—Plot Usage in Vertical Columns

Format
Replace with one of the following to determine the format of the date and time:
WEEKDAY-Monday, Tuesday, and so on
DATE-mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy (European format)
DAY-dd
EDAY-dd, if your dates are in European format
MONTH-mm
EMONTH-mm, if your dates are in European format
YEAR-yy
TIME-hh:mm:ss
HOUR-hh
MINUTE-mm
SECOND-ss
CALMONTH-January, February, and so on
JDAY-dd (Julian date)

Note: Do not use the &RF and &RT variables with the FLASHBACK reports. The way the
FLASHBACK reports process records prevents enumerating the date and time range of
the records.

Examples: TITLE1, TITLE2, TITLE3 Commands

■ To have the title Transaction Use by Hour appear on title line 2, enter the following
command:
TITLE2 Transaction Use by Hour

■ The following commands dynamically create a date and time on title lines 2 and 3,
determined by the data in the report and the FROM and TO commands:
TITLE2 FROM: &RFWEEKDAY, &RFCALMONTH &RFDAY, 20&RFYEAR at &RFTIME
TITLE3 TO: &RTWEEKDAY, &RTCALMONTH &RTDAY, 20&RTYEAR at &RTTIME

■ The following is sample output for these commands:

FROM: Thursday, January 27, 2011 at 02.58.00
TO: Tuesday, February 01, 2011 at 11.23.59

VPLOT Command—Plot Usage in Vertical Columns

The VPLOT command plots resource usage in vertical columns. The horizontal axis of the
plot represents time.

Chapter 4: Commands 101

VPLOT Command—Plot Usage in Vertical Columns

This command has the following syntax:

VPLOT variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX})] [STACK=id] [CHAR1(x)]

[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [HDR(text)]

variable
Indicates any Report Writer variable.
options
Specifies any valid variable options or ID options. Each ID option you specify must
include at least one identifier.
SCALE(n) or SCALE(mX) or SCALE(n,mX)
Overrides the default maximum plot scale.
By default, the highest value of the vertical axis of a plot equals the highest value
reached by a variable in the plot or, for variables representing percentages, 100%.
To override this dynamic scale, specify n as the maximum value. If the variable that
you choose produces integers, n must be an integer.
You can also widen each plot column by using the multiplier mX, where m is an
integer.
STACK=id
Replaces the plot character with the identifiers being plotted, from most active to
least active starting at the bottom of the plot. You can specify the mX option of the
SCALE operand to print more characters of each identifier.
Note: For an example using the STACK operand, see the VPLOT command in the
chapter “Plot Reports.”
CHAR1(x)
Specifies the plot character. Replace x with any valid EBCDIC character.
HDR1(text)
Overrides the default top heading for the scale to the left of the plot. Replace text
with the new heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as in
HDR1( ).
HDR2(text)
Overrides the default bottom heading for the scale to the left of the plot. Replace
text with the new heading. To remove the header, replace text with a null string, as
in HDR2( ).
HDR(text)
Overrides the default description beside the SYMBOLS: heading that describes the
plotted variable. Replace text with the new description, not to exceed 30
characters.

102 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 VPLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables

Example: VPLOT Command

The following commands plot transaction use against time using the letter T as the plot
character:

VPLOT TRANSACTION USE CHAR1(T)

END
RUN

VPLOT2 Command—Plot Two Variables

The VPLOT2 command is used with the VPLOT command to plot two variables across
time. This lets you compare the performance of two variables side-by-side in a single
report to see if a cause-and-effect relationship exists between them. The VPLOT2
variable is printed directly over the VPLOT variable.

Note: You must use the VPLOT2 command with the VPLOT command.

This command has the following syntax:

VPLOT2 variable [options] [SCALE({n},{mX},{COMMON})] [CHAR1(x)]

[HDR1(text)] [HDR2(text)] [HDR(text)]

The operands for the VPLOT2 command are the same as for the VPLOT command except
that the VPLOT2 command does not support the STACK operand and it does support the
COMMON option of the SCALE operand. Specify SCALE(COMMON) if you want the same
scale to be used to plot both variables.

Example: VPLOT and VPLOT2 Commands

The following commands plot terminal response time with asterisks (*) and transaction
use rate with plus signs (+):

VPLOT TERM RESP CHAR1(*)

VPLOT2 TRANSACTION USE RATE CHAR1(+)
END
RUN

More information:

VPLOT Command—Plot Usage in Vertical Columns (see page 101)

Chapter 4: Commands 103

Chapter 5: Variables
This section contains the following topics:
Functions of Variables and Options (see page 105)
Conventions Used for Describing Variables (see page 107)
Source for MVS Variable Values (see page 108)
CICS Variables (see page 108)
IMS Variables (see page 125)
MQ Variables (see page 128)
AUDIT Variables (see page 133)
COMMON Variables (see page 134)
MVS Variables (see page 136)

Functions of Variables and Options

The variables you use with a report command determine what the report describes. For
example, if you use the command GRAF TERMINAL USE (where TERMINAL USE is the
variable), you get a report that graphs terminal use.

You can specify the following two types of options with variables:
■ Variable options, which change either the type of data that a variable represents or
its format. For example, the type of data can be changed from a count to a rate, or
the format can be changed from one decimal place to three.
■ ID options, which, when used with variables, change the scope of the data that the
variables represent. For example, the scope of the data can be changed from
transaction use for all transactions to the transaction use for transaction CINQ only.

More information:

ID Options (see page 163)

Variable Options (see page 153)

Chapter 5: Variables 105

Functions of Variables and Options

Structure and Parts of Variable Names

Report variables have the following format:

[system] [record-type] variable-class variable-name

system
Specifies the system of the variable. Valid values are as follows:
CICS
Signals to the Report Writer that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based CICS
variable.
IMS
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based IMS variable.
MQ
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based MQ variable.
AUDIT
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based AUDIT variable.
COMMON
Signals that the variable is a CA SYSVIEW-based variable common for all
systems.
MVS
Signals to the Report Writer that the variable is an MVS system variable.
Default: CICS
record-type
Specifies the type of record the data for that variable comes from. You can specify
one of the following:
JOB
Provides job activity information.
PERformance
Provides task activity information.
REQuest
Provides information about MQ objects and message counts.
STEP
Provides information on the activity for the last interval before the step
terminate, and activity since the previous interval ended.

106 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Conventions Used for Describing Variables

SUMmary
For CICS variables, provides information from data created with the
SUMMARIZE utility option.
For IMS variables, provides information from IMS region summary records.
SYStem
For CICS variables, provides information from system threshold records.
For MVS variables, provides information from MVS system records.
INTerval
Provides information on CICS resource usage. The collection of this data is
based upon user-defined time intervals and involves low overhead.
LOG
Provides information on CA SYSVIEW Audit Event records.
EXCEPTION
Provides information on CA SYSVIEW exception records
The default record type for all CICS and IMS variables is PERformance and for all
MVS variables is SYStem. The record type that a variable represents affects which ID
options can be used with it to limit the scope of a report.
Note: For more information about JOB and STEP record types, see the section JOB
and STEP Record Type Data.
variable-class
Specifies one of the variable classes. For example, TRANSACTION and DATASET are
both valid variable classes for the PERformance record type.
variable-name
Specifies a variable name from the variable class selected. For example, both USE
and LIFETIME are valid variable names for the variable class TRANSACTION.

Conventions Used for Describing Variables

The following conventions used in this manual for describing variables:
■ All variables that represent time are displayed in seconds.
■ Variable names separated by a vertical bar (|) are synonymous.
■ Default values are underlined.
■ Characters in a variable class or name that you must enter are shown in capital
letters. Optional characters are shown in lowercase letters.

Chapter 5: Variables 107

Source for MVS Variable Values

Source for MVS Variable Values

The tables describing MVS variables contain a Data column, which gives the SMF record
from which the variable obtains its data.

JOB and STEP Record Type Data

Variable data for all MVS variables with record type JOB or STEP is accumulated from
SMF30 type records, as follows:
■ Variables with record type JOB use subtype 5 records, which are created at the end
of the job and represent the entire activity for that job.
■ Variables with record type STEP use subtype 2 and 3 records, which are delta-count
records. Subtype 2 records are created at each SMF interval. Subtype 3 records are
created at the end of each step.

SMF dsect Field Names Used When Specifying Variables

All SMF30 dsect field names that refer to character data are supported as valid
identifiers. When generating reports, you can use these SMF30 dsect field names in
place of the variable name part of the complete variable.

For example, the first column of the following table lists variables specified using
variable names. The second column lists the same variables specified using the SMF30
dsect field name in place of the variable name part of the complete variable.

Variable Specified Using Variable Name Same Variable Specified Using the SMF
dsect Field Name
MVS JOB STORage BELOW MVS JOB STORage SMF3OURB
MVS STEP PERF TOT-SU MVS STEP PERF SMF30RSV
MVS JOB EXCP COUNT MVS JOB EXCP SMF30BLK
MVS STEP EXCP DEV-CONN MVS STEP EXCP SMF30DCT

CICS Variables
The following pages describe the CICS variables and the variable names for each class
defined.

108 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

CICS CDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for the CDSA class on the CICS system.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] CDSA variable name

ID Options
Use any CICS CDSA variables with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

CICS DATASET Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DATASET on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] DATASET variable-name

ID Options
Use the CICS Performance data set variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, FILEID, JOBNAME, PROGID, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID,
and VTAMLU.

Note: You can specify FILE in place of DATASET for this variable class.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance ADDs 27 Number of file adds
PERFormance BROWSEs 27 Number of file browses
PERFormance DELetes 27 Number of file deletes
PERFormance MAXREQtime 27 Maximum file request service time, in seconds

Chapter 5: Variables 109

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance READs 27 Number of read-updates, read-noupdates, and
browses
PERFormance READNUpdts 27 Number of file reads-noupdate
PERFormance READUpdts or 27 Number of file reads for update
GETU
PERFormance REQTIME 27 Average file request service time, in seconds
PERFormance UPDATEs 27 Number of file updates
PERFormance USE, USAGE, RW, 27 Number of file requests
or REQUESTS
PERFormance WRITEs 27 Number of updates, adds, and deletes

CICS DB2 Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DB2 on system CICS.

Syntax:

CICS PERFormance DB2 variable-name

ID Options:
Use CICS PERFormance DB2 variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, DB2PROG, DB2 STYPE, DB2PSNUM, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID,
TRANNUM, USERID and VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance REQUEST 27 Number of DB2 requests
PERFormance REQTime 27 Average DB2 request time, in
seconds
PERFormance MAXREQTime 27 Maximum DB2 request time, in
seconds

CICS DLI Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DLI on system CICS.

110 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] DLI variable-name

ID Options
Use CICS PERFormance DLI variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, FILEID, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID, and
VTAMLU

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance DELETEs 27 Number of DL/I delete requests
PERFormance GETNEXT or GN 27 Number of DL/I GET next requests
PERFormance GETUNIQUE or GU 27 Number of DL/I GET unique requests
PERFormance GHN 27 Number of DL/I GET hold next requests
PERFormance GHNP 27 Number of DL/I GET hold next within parent
requests
PERFormance GHU 27 Number of DL/I GET hold unique requests
PERFormance GNP 27 Number of DL/I GET next within parent requests
PERFormance INSERTs 27 Number of DL/I insert requests
PERFormance READs 27 Number of DL/I read requests, including
GETNEXT, GNP, GU, GHU, GHN, and GHNP
PERFormance REPLACEs 27 Number of DL/I replace requests
PERFormance SERVTIME 27 Average DL/I replace requests
PERFormance USE, USAGE, 27 Number of DL/I file requests
REQUESTs, or IO
PERFormance WRITEs 27 Number of DL/I write requests, including
replaces, deletes, and inserts

Chapter 5: Variables 111

CICS Variables

CICS ECDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class ECDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] ECDSA variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS ECDSA variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

CICS ERDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class ERDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] ERDSA variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS ERDSA variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

112 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

CICS EUDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EUDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] EUDSA variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS EUDSA variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

CICS EXCEPTION Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EXCEPTION on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] EXCEPTION variable-name

ID Options
The record type of a CICS EXCEPTION variable determines which ID options can be
used with the variables.
■ Use any CICS PERFormance EXCEPTION variables with the following ID options:
ABCODE, APPLID, CICSID, JOBID, NETNAME, REGID, SYSID, TERMID, TRANNUM,
USERID, and VTAMLU
■ Use any CICS SYStem EXCEPTION variable with the following ID options:
CICSREL, JOBNAME, SYSID, TRANID, TERMID, USERID, and VTAMLU

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNEXN 27, 24 Exception number

Chapter 5: Variables 113

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNLUN 27, 24 LU name
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNRID 27, 24 Exception resource ID
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNRTY 27, 24 Exception resource type
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNSTA 27, 24 Start date and time of exception
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNSTO 27, 24 Stop date and time of exception
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTER 27, 24 Terminal ID
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTNO 27, 24 Transaction number
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTPR 27, 24 Transaction priority
PERFormance EXCMNTRN 27, 24 Transaction ID
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTST 27, 24 Transaction start type
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNTYP 27, 24 Exception type
PERFormance, SYStem EXCMNUSR 27, 24 User ID

CICS PAGE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PAGE on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] PAGE variable-name

ID Options
Use CICS INTerval PAGE variables with the following ID option:
CICSREL, JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval CACHE-MISS 23, 28 Number of cache read page misses
INTerval IN 23, 28 Number of page-ins
INTerval IN-COMMON 23, 28 Number of common page-ins
INTerval IN-HYPERSPACE 23, 28 Number of hyperspace page-ins
INTerval IN-LPA 23, 28 Number of LPA page-ins

114 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval IN-NONVAM 23, 28 Number of non-VAM page ins
INTerval IN-SWAP 23, 28 Number of pages swapped in
INTerval IN-VAM 23, 28 Number of VAM page-ins
INTerval OUTs 23, 28 Number of page-outs
INTerval OUT-HYPERSPACE 23, 28 Number of hyperspace page-outs
INTerval OUT-NONVAM 23, 28 Number of non-VAM page-outs
INTerval OUT-SWAP 23, 28 Number of pages swapped out
INTerval RECLAIMs 23, 28 Number of page reclaims
INTerval STEALs 23, 28 Numbers of pages stolen
INTerval SWAPs 23, 28 Number of swaps that occurred

CICS PROGRAM Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PROGRAM on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] PROGRAM variable-name

ID Options
Use only PERFormance PROGram variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, JOBNAME, PROGID, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID, and
VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance RESPonsetime 27 Average program response time, in seconds
PERFormance USE 27 Number of programs used

CICS REGION Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class REGION on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] REGION variable-name

Chapter 5: Variables 115

CICS Variables

ID Options
Use any INTerval REGION variable with the following ID options: CICSREL,
JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval CPUTIME 23, 28 Total CPU time consumed by the CICS
region
INTerval SIOs 23, 28 Number of SIOs executed by the CICS
region
INTerval THRESHOLDs 23, 28 Number of thresholds triggered in the
CICS region

CICS SYSTEM Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class SYSTEM on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] SYSTEM variable-name

ID Options
Use any CICS SYSTEM variable with the following ID options: CICSREL, JOBNAME,
STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Available frame count
INTerval CPU 23, 28 CPU utilization
INTerval PAGING 23, 28 Demand page rate
INTerval UIC 23, 28 Unreferenced interval
count

CICS TEMPSTOR (Temporary Storage) Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TEMPSTOR on system CICS.

116 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TEMPSTOR variable-name

ID Options
Use only PERFormance TEMPSTOR variables with the following ID options: ABCODE,
APPLID, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, TSTGID, USERID, and
VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance BGET 27 Average number of temporary storage bytes
per GET
PERFormance BREQ 27 Average number of temporary storage bytes
per request
PERFormance READs 27 Number of temporary storage GET requests
PERFormance GETMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum temporary storage GET response
time
PERFormance GETMAXSIZE 27 Maximum temporary storage GET request
size, in bytes
PERFormance GETRESPonse 27 Average temporary storage GET response
time per request
PERFormance MAXRESP 27 Maximum temporary storage request time,
in seconds
PERFormance PUTMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum temporary storage PUT response
time
PERFormance PUTs 27 Number of temporary storage PUT requests
PERFormance REQUESTs 27 Number of temporary storage requests
PERFormance RESPONSE 27 Average temporary storage request time, in
seconds, per request

CICS TERMINAL Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TERMINAL on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TERMINAL variable-name

Chapter 5: Variables 117

CICS Variables

ID Options
Use only PERFormance TERMinal variables used with ID options. All ID options are
valid except DSAID, and LSRID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance INPUTS 27 Number of terminal input messages
PERFormance INPUTSIZE 27 Average input message size
PERFormance INPUTSIZE-LU6.1 27 Average LUTYPE6.1 input message size
PERFormance INPUT-LU6.1 27 Number of LUTYPE6.1 alternate terminal
input messages
PERFormance MESSAGES 27 Number of messages
PERFormance MROWATtime 27 Average MRO I/O wait time per transaction,
in seconds
PERFormance MSGSIZE 27 Average message size in bytes
PERFormance OUTPUTS 27 Number of terminal output messages
PERFormance OUTPUTSIZE 27 Average output message size
PERFormance OUTPUT-LU6.1 27 Number of LUTYPE6.1 alternate terminal
output messages
PERFormance OUTPUTSIZE-LU6.1 27 Average LUTYPE6.1 output message size
PERFormance RESPonsetime 27 Average terminal response time, in seconds
PERFormance TCTTE-REQuests 27 Number of TCTTE ALLOCATE requests for
APPC, LUTYPE6.1 and IRC sessions
PERFormance USE, USAGE, or 27 Number of terminal writes
WRITES

CICS THRESHOLD Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class THRESHOLD on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] THRESHOLD variable-name

118 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

ID Options
Use only PERFormance THRESHOLD variables with the following ID options. The
following ID options are valid: ABCODE, APPLID, FILEID, JOBNAME, PROGID, SYSID,
TERMID, THRCLAS, THRSID, THRSSID, THRTYPE, TRANID, TRANNUM, TRSCEID,
USERID, and VTAMLU.
Use only SYStem THRESHOLD variable with the following ID options: JOBNAME,
SYSID, THRCLAS, THRSID, THRSSID, THRTYPE, TRANID, TRANNUM, TRSCEID, and
USERID.

The following table provides variable information for the CICS system with a variable
class of threshold:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, CLASS 27, 08 COUNT, RATE, TIME, and PCT threshold
SYStem
PERFormance, COUNT 27, 08 Number of thresholds exceeded
SYStem
SYStem DATE 08 Date threshold occurred on mm/dd/yy.
PERFormance, LIMIT 27, 08 Threshold limit value
SYStem
PERFormance, MAXVALUE 27, 08 Maximum value that exceeded the limit
SYStem
PERFormance, MINVALUE 27, 08 Minimum value that exceeded the limit
SYStem
SYStem NAME 08 Threshold name
PERFormance, RESOURCE 27, 08 Resource involved with the threshold
SYStem
SYStem TERMINAL 08 Terminal ID, if task related
SYStem TIME 08 Time threshold occurred at hh:mm:ss
SYStem TRANSACTION 08 Transaction ID, if task related
PERFormance, TYPE 27, 08 UPPER or LOWER level threshold
SYStem
SYStem USER 08 User ID, if task related
PERFormance, VALUE 27, 08 Average value that exceeded the limit
SYStem

Chapter 5: Variables 119

CICS Variables

CICS Interval Record TRANsaction Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANsaction on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TRANSACTION variable-name

ID Options
Use any interval transaction variable with the following ID options: CICSREL,
JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information for the CICS system with a variable
class of transaction:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval CPUtime 23, 28 Average CPU time, in seconds
INTerval I/Otime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for I/O
INTerval LIFEtime 23, 28 Average transaction lifetime, in seconds
INTerval SUSPtime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent suspended
INTerval TCPUtime 23, 28 Total CPU time for the transaction including user,
CICS, and CA SYSVIEW time
INTerval TMIOtime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
terminal
INTerval USE 23, 28 Number of transactions executed
INTerval WTRtime 23, 28 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting to run

CICS Performance Record TRANsaction Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANsaction on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TRANSACTION variable-name

120 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

ID Options
The record type of a TRANsaction variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
■ Use PERFormance TRANsaction variables with all ID options except DSAID, and
LSRID.
■ Use any CICS SUMmary TRANsaction variables with the following ID options:
CICSREL, JOBNAME, SYSID, and TRANID.

The following table provides variable information for the CICS system with a variable
class of transaction:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance, ABENDS 27, 25 Number of abends
SUMmary
PERFormance BMS-MAP 27 Number of map requests
PERFormance BMS-MAPIN 27 Number of map in requests
PERFormance BMS-MAPOUT 27 Number of map out requests
PERFormance BMS-REQuests 27 Total number of BMS requests
PERFormance, CPUtime 27, 25 Average CPU time, in seconds
SUMmary
PERFormance DCOUNT 27 Average number of transient data sets
used
PERFormance ENDDATE 27 Transaction end date
PERFormance ENDTIME 27 Transaction end time
PERFormance EXCEPTIONtime 27 Average time spent waiting on exception
conditions, in seconds
PERFormance FCOUNT 27 Average number of files accessed
PERFormance FC-AC 27 Number of file access method requests
PERFormance FC-ADD 27 Number of file add requests
PERFormance FC-BROWSE 27 Number of file browse requests
PERFormance FC-DELETE 27 Number of file delete requests
PERFormance FC-GET 27 Number of file GET requests
PERFormance FC-IOWAITtime 27 Average file I/O wait time
PERFormance FC-PUT 27 Number of file PUT requests
PERFormance FC-REQuests 27 Number of file requests

Chapter 5: Variables 121

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance IRIOtime 27 Average time spent waiting on MRO links,
in seconds
PERFormance, I/Otime 27, 25 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
SUMmary I/O
PERFormance JCIOtime 27 Average time spent waiting on Journal I/O,
in seconds
PERFormance, LIFEtime 27, 25 Average transaction lifetime, in seconds
SUMmary
PERFormance MAXI/Otime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent waiting
for I/O
PERFormance MAXLIFE 27 Maximum transaction lifetime, in seconds
PERFormance MAXPGMtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent in
program code, including both user and
CICS code
PERFormance MAXSUSPtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent
suspended
PERFormance MAXTMIOtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent waiting
for terminal
PERFormance MAXWAITtime 27 Maximum time, in seconds, spent waiting
for an event control block
PERFormance PCIOtime 27 Average time spent waiting on program
loads, in seconds
PERFormance PCOUNT 27 Average number of programs used
PERFormance PC-LINKs 27 Number of program links
PERFormance PC-LOADs 27 Number of program loads
PERFormance PC-LOADTIME 27 Average program load time
PERFormance PC-XCTLs 27 Number of program XCTLs
PERFormance PGMtime 27 Average time, in seconds, spent in program
code, including both user and CICS code
PERFormance SC-GETMABOVE 27 Average number of user storage GETMAIN
requests above the 16M line per
transaction
PERFormance SC-GETMBELOW 27 Average number of user storage GETMAIN
requests below the 16M line per
transaction

122 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance SC-PGMHWM 27 Maximum amount of program storage in
use
PERFormance SC-PGMHWMBELOW 27 Maximum amount of program storage in
use below the 16 MB line
PERFormance SC-STGOCCABOVE 27 Average storage occupancy above the 16
MB line per transaction, in
byte-milliseconds (a measurement of
storage in use against elapsed time)
PERFormance SC-STGOCCBELOW 27 Average storage occupancy below the 16
MB line per transaction, in
byte-milliseconds (a measurement of
storage in use against elapsed time)
PERFormance SC-TERMSTG 27 Average amount of terminal storage (TIOA)
allocated to the associated terminal
PERFormance SC-USERHWMABOVE 27 Maximum amount of user storage
allocated above the 16 MB line
PERFormance SC-USERHWMBELOW 27 Maximum amount of user storage
allocated above the 16 MB line
PERFormance SP-SYNCPOINTs 27 Number of SP sync point requests
PERFormance STARTDATE 27 Transaction start date
PERFormance STARTTIME 27 Transaction start time
PERFormance, SUSPtime 27, 25 Average time, in seconds, spent suspended
SUMmary
PERFormance, TCPUtime 27, 25 Total CPU time for the transaction
SUMmary including user, CICS, and CA SYSVIEW time
PERFormance TD-GET 27 Number of transient data GET requests
PERFormance TD-IOWAITtime 27 Average transient data I/O wait time
PERFormance TD-PURGE 27 Number of transient data purge requests
PERFormance TD-PUT 27 Number of transient data PUT requests
PERFormance TD-REQuest 27 Number of transient data requests
PERFormance TMIOtime 27 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
terminal
PERFormance TS-GETS 27 Number temporary storage GET requests
PERFormance TS-IOWAITtime 27 Average temporary storage I/O wait time
per transaction

Chapter 5: Variables 123

CICS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance TS-PUTAux 27 Number temporary storage PUT auxiliary
requests
PERFormance TS-PUTMain 27 Number temporary storage PUT main
requests
PERFormance TS-REQuests 27 Number temporary storage requests
PERFormance, USE|USAGE 27, 25 Number of transactions executed
SUMmary
PERFormance, WAITtime 27, 25 Average time, in seconds, spent waiting for
SUMmary an event control block

CICS TRANSIENT Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANSIENT on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] TRANSIENT variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with PERFormance TRANSIENT variables:
ABCODE, APPLID, DCTID, JOBNAME, SYSID, TERMID, TRANID, TRANNUM, USERID,
and VTAMLU.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance INPUTMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum transient data input response
time, in seconds
PERFormance INPUTMAXSIZE 27 Maximum transient data input request
size, in bytes
PERFormance INPUTREponse 27 Average transient data input request size,
in seconds
PERFormance INPUTSIZE 27 Average transient data input request size,
in bytes
PERFormance OUTPUTMAXRESPonse 27 Maximum transient data output response
time, in seconds
PERFormance OUTPUTMAXSIZE 27 Maximum transient data output request
size, in bytes

124 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 IMS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance OUTPUTRESPonse 27 Maximum transient data output response
time per request, in seconds
PERFormance OUTPUTSIZE 27 Average transient data output request
size, in bytes
PERFormance READs|INPUTs 27 Number of reads of transient data sets
PERFormance REQUESTs 27 Number of I/Os to transient data sets
PERFormance WRITEs|OUTPUTs 27 Number of writes to transient data sets

CICS UDSA Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class UDSA on system CICS.

Syntax:

[CICS] [record-type] UDSA variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any CICS UDSA variable: CICSREL,
JOBNAME, STARTTIME, ENDTIME, and SYSID.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

INTerval AVAILABLE 23, 28 Storage available, in bytes
INTerval Size 23, 28 Storage amount, in bytes
INTerval %USE 23, 28 Percentage of storage in use

IMS Variables
This section describes the IMS variables and the variable names for each class defined.

IMS TRANsaction Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TRANsaction on system IMS.

Chapter 5: Variables 125

IMS Variables

Syntax:

[IMS] [record-type] TRANSACTION variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any IMS TRANSACTION variable:
IMSID, IMSREL, JOBNAME, LTERM, LUNAME, PROCTYPE, PSBNAME, PST,
REGION, STARTTIME, SYSID, TRANID, and USERID

The following table provides variable information for the IMS system with a variable
class of transaction:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

PERFormance LIFEtime 32, 34 Average transaction lifetime, in seconds
PERFormance USE|COUNT 32, 34 Number of transactions executed
PERFormance INQueuetime 32, 34 Average time, in seconds, spent in the input
queue
PERFormance OUTQueuetime 32, 34 Average time, in seconds, spent in the output
queue
PERFormance PROCtime 32, 34 Average time, in seconds, spent processing the
transaction

IMS REGION Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class REGION on system IMS.

Syntax:

[IMS] [record-type] REGION variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any IMS REGION variable: DBNAME,
ENDTIME, IMSID, IMSREL, JOBNAME, LUNAME, PSBNAME, PST, STARTTIME,
SYSID, TRANID, and USERID

The following table provides variable information for the IMS system with a variable
class of region:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

SUMmary SCHEDULERtime 33, 35 Average elapsed scheduler processing time
SUMmary INTENTwaittime 33, 35 Average intent contention wait time

126 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 IMS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

SUMmary POOLSPCwairtime 33, 35 Average pool space wait time
SUMmary DB-IOTIME 33, 35 Total database I/O time

IMS DLI Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DLI on system IMS.

Syntax:

[IMS] [record-type] DLI variable-name

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with any IMS DLI variable: DBNAME,
ENDTIME, IMSID, IMSREL, JOBNAME, LUNAME, PSBNAME, PST, STARTTIME,
SYSID, TRANID, and USERID.

The following table provides variable information for the IMS system with a variable
class of DLI:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

SUMmary VSAMREADs 33, 35 Number of DL/I VSAM reads
SUMmary VSAMWRITEs 33, 35 Number of DL/I VSAM writes
SUMmary OSAMREADs 33, 35 Number of DL/I OSAM reads
SUMmary OSAMWRITEs 33, 35 Number of DL/I OSAM writes
SUMmary TOTALIO 33, 35 Total VSAM+OSAM DL/I I/O operations
SUMmary DB-READs 33, 35 Number of database reads
SUMmary DB-WRITEs 33, 35 Number of database writes
SUMmary DB-GU 33, 35 Number of database get unique requests
SUMmary DB-GN 33, 35 Number of database get next requests
SUMmary DB-GNP 33, 35 Number of database get next within parent
requests
SUMmary DB-GHU 33, 35 Number of database get hold unique
requests
SUMmary DB-GHN 33, 35 Number of database get hold next requests
SUMmary DB-GHNP 33, 35 Number of database get hold next within
parent requests

Chapter 5: Variables 127

MQ Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

SUMmary DB-INSERT 33, 35 Number of database insert requests
SUMmary DB-DELETE 33, 35 Number of database delete requests
SUMmary DB-REPLACE 33, 35 Number of database replace requests
SUMmary DB-CALLS 33, 35 Number of DL/I database requests
SUMmary MSG-GU 33, 35 Number of message get unique requests
SUMmary MSG-GN 33, 35 Number of message get next requests
SUMmary MSG-INSERT 33, 35 Number of message insert calls
SUMmary MSG-PURGE 33, 35 Number of message purge calls

MQ Variables
This section describes the MQ variables and the variable names for each class defined.

It is not necessary to use any ID option other than JOBNAME, as you simply receive the
same value as you would with object related variables. Their usage lets you use them
along with JOBNAME.

MQ OBJEct Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJEct class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJEct variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ OBJEct variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information for the MQ system with a variable
class of object:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest BROWSE 48 Get count with browse
REQuest CLOSE 48 Close count for object
REQuest GET 48 Get count for queue

128 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MQ Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire count for object
REQuest OPEN 48 Open count for object
REQuest PUT 48 Put count for queue
REQuest PUT1 48 Put1 count for queue
REQuest SET 48 Set count for object

MQ OBJFailure Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJFailure class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJFailure variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ OBJFailure variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest CLOSE 48 Close counts that failed
REQuest GET 48 Get counts that failed
REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire counts that failed
REQuest OPEN 48 Open counts that failed
REQuest PUT 48 Put counts that failed
REQuest PUT1 48 Put1 counts that failed
REQuest SET 48 Set counts that failed

MQ OBJMessage Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJMessage class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJMessage variable-name

Chapter 5: Variables 129

MQ Variables

ID Options
Use any OBJMessage variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GETRES 48 Gets with the date and times of the Put.
REQuest MAXGET 48 Maximum message size for the gets.
REQuest MAXPUT 48 Maximum message size for the puts.
REQuest MINGET 48 Minimum message size for the gets.
REQuest MINPUT 48 Maximum message size for the puts.

MQ OBJTimer Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OBJTimer class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] OBJTimer variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ OBJTimer variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and RESMANAGER,
STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GMSGTOT 48 Total message size for gets
REQuest MAXCPU 48 Maximum CPU time for all requests
REQuest MAXElapsed 48 Maximum elapsed time for all requests
REQuest MAXRESID 48 Maximum residency time for all requests
REQuest PMSGTOT 48 Total message size for puts
REQuest TOTCPU 48 Total CPU time for all requests
REQuest TOTElapsed 48 Total elapsed time for all requests

130 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MQ Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest TOTRESID 48 Total residency time for all requests

MQ JOBStat Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBStat class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBStat variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ JOBStat variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest BROWSE 48 Get count with browse
REQuest CLOSE 48 Close count for job
REQuest GET 48 Get count for job
REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire count for job
REQuest OPEN 48 Open count for job
REQuest PUT 48 Put count for job
PUT1 Put1 count for job
REQuest SET 48 Set count for job

MQ JOBFailure Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBFailure class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBFailure variable-name

Chapter 5: Variables 131

MQ Variables

ID Options
Use any MQ JOBFailure variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest CLOSE 48 Close counts that failed
REQuest GET 48 Get counts that failed
REQuest INQUIRE 48 Inquire counts that failed
REQuest OPEN 48 Open counts that failed
REQuest PUT 48 Put counts that failed
PUT1 Put1 counts that failed
REQuest SET 48 Set counts that failed

MQ JOBMessage Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBMessage class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBMessage variable-name

ID Options
Use any JOBMessage variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GETRES 48 Gets with the date and times of the Put
REQuest MAXGET 48 Maximum message size for gets
REQuest MAXPUT 48 Maximum message size for puts
REQuest MINGET 48 Minimum message size for gets
REQuest MINPUT 48 Maximum message size for puts

132 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 AUDIT Variables

MQ JOBTimer Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class JOBTimer class on system MQ.

Syntax:

[MQ] [record-type] JOBTimer variable-name

ID Options
Use any MQ JOBTimer variables with the following ID options: ENDTIME,
JOBNAME, OBJNAME, OBJSUBTYPE, OBJTYPE, QMANAGER, RESNAME and
RESMANAGER, STARTTIME and SYSID.

The following table provides variable information:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

REQuest GMSGTOT 48 Total message size for gets
REQuest MAXCPU 48 Maximum CPU time for all requests
REQuest MAXElapsed 48 Maximum elapsed time for all requests
REQuest MAXRESID 48 Maximum residency time for all requests
REQuest PMSGTOT 48 Total message size for puts
REQuest TOTCPU 48 Total CPU time for all requests
REQuest TOTElapsed 48 Total elapsed time for all requests
REQuest TOTRESID 48 Total residency time for all requests

AUDIT Variables
This section describes the AUDIT variables and the variable names for each class
defined.

Note: There is only one AUDIT variable defined, and it has an equivalent in the ID
options of AUDTYPE. The best way to write Audit reports is to use the FLASHBACK
AUDITLOG command, or use the FLASHBACK LIST with two or more ID options.

Chapter 5: Variables 133

COMMON Variables

AUDIT ALL Variable Class

This section describes variable information for the ALL class on the AUDIT system.

Syntax:

[AUDIT][record-type] ALL variable name

ID Options
Use any AUDIT ALL variables with the following ID options: STARTTIME, ENDTIME,
AUDTYPE, SYSTEM, SUBSYS, AJOBID, TASKNAME, SECGROUP, RELEASE, AJOBNAME,
AUSERID, ATERMID
Note: STARTTIME and ENDTIME in Audit reports represent the exception time.

The following table provides variable information for the AUDIT system with a variable
class of ALL:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

LOG TYPE 01 Audit record type

COMMON Variables
This section describes the COMMON variables and the variable names for each class
defined.

COMMON STATE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EXCeption class on the COMmon
system.

Syntax:

COMMON [record-type] EXCEPTION variable name

134 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 COMMON Variables

ID Options
Use any COMmon STAte EXCeption variables with the following ID options: APPLID,
CJOBID, GROUP, JOBNAME, OLDSTATUS, OWNER, RESRC, RESRC2, STARTTIME,
STATUS, SUBGROUP, SYSTEM, VARNAME.
Use any COMmon THReshold EXCeption variables with the following ID options:
APPLID, CJOBID, GROUP, JOBNAME, OLDSTATUS, OWNER, RESRC, RESRC2,
RULETYPE, STARTTIME, STATUS, SUBGROUP, SYSTEM, THRECLAS, THRETYPE,
TRANID, VARNAME.

Note: STARTTIME in COMmon EXCeption reports represents time of the exception.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

THRESHOLD, VARname 03, 04 Variable name
STATE
THRESHOLD, RESOURCE or RESRC 03, 04 Resource involved with the exception
STATE
THRESHOLD, RESOURCE2 or RESRC2 03, 04 Resource2 (8 characters)
STATE
THRESHOLD, RESOURCE2L or 03, 04 Resource2 Long (48 characters)
STATE RESRC2L
THRESHOLD, GROUP 03, 04 Group
STATE
THRESHOLD, SUBGroup 03, 04 Subgroup
STATE
THRESHOLD, VALUE 03, 04 Average threshold value that exceeded the limit or
STATE current state value
THRESHOLD MAXVALUE 03 Maximum threshold value that exceeded the limit
THRESHOLD MINVALUE 03 Minimum threshold value that exceeded the limit
THRESHOLD WARNING 03 Warning limit value
THRESHOLD PROBLEM 03 Problem limit value
THRESHOLD, STATUS 03, 04 Exception status
STATE
THRESHOLD, OLDVALUE 03, 04 Previous value
STATE
THRESHOLD OLDWARNING 03 Previous warning limit value
THRESHOLD OLDPROBLEM 03 Previous problem limit value

Chapter 5: Variables 135

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name SMF Subtype Description

THRESHOLD, OLDSTATUS 03, 04 Previous status
STATE
THRESHOLD, ELAPSED 03, 04 Time elapsed from previous exception, in seconds
STATE
THRESHOLD, COUNT 03, 04 Exception count
STATE
THRESHOLD RTYPE 03 Threshold rule type: None, Upper, Lower, Change
THRESHOLD VTYPE 03 Variable type
THRESHOLD TTYPE 03 Threshold type
THRESHOLD CLASS 03 Count, Cnt K (count in 1024), Rate, Time, and Pct
threshold

MVS Variables
The following pages describe the MVS variables and the variable names for each class
defined for the z/OS operating system.

MVS ASCB Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class ASCB on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] ASCB variable-name | data

No ID options can be used with MVS ASCB variables.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVG-BATCH SMF70BTT Average number of batch address spaces
SYSTEM AVG-IN SMF70ITT Average number of address spaces not in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM AVG-OUT SMF700TT Average number of address spaces not in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM AVG-READY SMF70RTT Average number of address spaces in storage and
ready to execute

136 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVG-STC SMF70STT Average number of started-task address spaces
SYSTEM AVG-TSO SMF70TTT Average number of TSO address spaces
SYSTEM AVG-WAIT SMF70WTT Average number of address spaces not in storage and
not ready to execute
SYSTEM MAX-BATCH SMF70BMM Maximum number of batch address spaces
SYSTEM MAX-IN SMF70IMM Maximum number of address spaces in storage
SYSTEM MAX-OUT SMF70OMM Maximum number of address spaces not in storage
and ready to execute
SYSTEM MAX-READY SMF70RMM Maximum number of address spaces in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM MAX-STC SMF70SMM Maximum number of started-task address spaces
SYSTEM MAX-TSO SMF70TMM Maximum number of TSO address spaces
SYSTEM MAX-WAIT SMF70WMM Maximum number of address spaces not in storage
and not ready to execute
SYSTEM MIN-BATCH SMF70BMN Minimum number of batch address spaces
SYSTEM MIN-IN SMF70IMN Minimum number of address spaces in storage
SYSTEM MIN-OUT SMF700MN Minimum number of address spaces not in storage
and ready to execute
SYSTEM MIN-READY SMF70RMN Minimum number of address spaces in storage and
ready to execute
SYSTEM MIN-STC SMF70SMN Minimum number of started-task address spaces
SYSTEM MIN-TSO SMF70TMN Minimum number of TSO address spaces
SYSTEM MIN-WAIT SMF70WMN Minimum number of address spaces not in storage
and not ready to execute

MVS CHANNEL Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class CHANNEL on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] CHANNEL variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with the MVS CHANNEL variable: CHNID

Chapter 5: Variables 137

MVS Variables

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYStem LRead SMF73PRU LPAR rate of data read through the channel in bytes
per second
SYStem LWrite SMF73PWU LPAR rate of data written through the channel in
bytes per second
SYStem READ SMF73TRU Total rate of data read through the channel in bytes
per second
SYStem TIME SMF73PTI Measurement interval length in seconds
SYStem WRITE SMF73TWU Total rate of data written through the channel in
bytes per second
SYStem %USE SMF73TUC, Average percentage of time the channel was active
SMF73TUT

Note: To avoid rounding values too much, use the XTND variable option along with rate
variables of this class.

MVS CPU Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class CPU on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] CPU variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS CPU variables: CPUID, CPUPID, and
LPARNAME.

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM %BUSY|ACTIVE| SMF70WAT Percentage of time CPU was busy or active; if you
UTILization are running PR/SM and this field displays as 0% or
100%, use the MVS LPAR variable instead
SYSTEM %WAIT SMF70WAT Percentage of time CPU was inactive
SYSTEM BUSY|ACTIVE SMF70WAT Total time CPU was busy or active
SYSTEM WAIT SMF70WAT Total time CPU was inactive

138 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

MVS DEVICE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DEVICE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] DEVICE variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with MVS DEVICE variables: DEVID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM CONNECT SMF74CNN Average time spent connected to a channel path
SYSTEM CUB-DELAY SMF74CUB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy control
unit
SYSTEM DB-DELAY SMF74DVB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy device
SYSTEM DISCONNECT SMF74DIS Average time spent disconnected during an I/O request
SYSTEM PENDING SMF74PEN Average time spent waiting on hardware
SYSTEM SERVTIME SMF74ATV Average service time for device to complete an I/O
request
SYSTEM SSCH SMF74SSC Number of start subchannels
SYSTEM UTILization SMF74ATV Percentage of time device was busy or active

MVS DISK Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DISK on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] DISK variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS DISK variables: DEVID, DISKID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM CONNECT SMF74CNN Average time spent connected to a channel path

Chapter 5: Variables 139

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM CUB-DELAY SMF74CUB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy control
unit
SYSTEM DB-DELAY SMF74DVB Average time I/O request is delayed due to busy device
SYSTEM DISCONNECT SMF74DIS Average time spent disconnected during an I/O request
SYSTEM PENDING SMF74PEN Average time spent waiting on hardware
SYSTEM SERVTIME SMF74ATV Average service time for device to complete an I/O
request
SYSTEM SSCH SMF74SSC Number of start subchannels
SYSTEM UTILization SMF74ATV Percentage of time disk was busy or active

MVS DSN Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class DSN on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] DSN variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS DSN variables:
DEVID, DISKID, DSNID, JOBID, STEPID, VOLSER

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM ACTIVITY SMF64 Number of VSAM requests
SYSTEM BPR SMF64 Average buffer performance rating for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM CA-SPLITS SMF64DAS Number of control area splits for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM CI-SPLITS SMF64DCS Number of control interval splits for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM DELETES SMF64DDE Number of VSAM deletes
SYSTEM EXCP SMF64, SMF14, Total number of EXCPs
SMF15
SYSTEM EXCP-VSAM SMF64DEP Number of EXCPs for VSAM data sets
SYSTEM EXCP-NVSM SMF14, SMF15, Number of EXCPs for non-VSAM data sets
SMFEXCP

140 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM INPUT SMF14, Number of EXCPs for non-VSAM data sets
SMFEXCP
SYSTEM INSERTS SMF64DIN Number of VSAM inserts
SYSTEM OUTPUT SMF15, Number of EXCPs for non-VSAM output data set
SMFEXCP
SYSTEM RETRIEVES SMF64DRE Number of VSAM retrieves
SYSTEM UPDATES SMF64DUP Number of VSAM updates
SYSTEM VOLSER SMF64, SMF14, Volume serial number of device.
SMF15

MVS EXCP Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class EXCP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] EXCP variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of an EXCP variable determines which ID options can be used with
the variable, as follows:
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB EXCP variables:
ACCTID, DDNAME, DEVID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, ROGRAMMER, USERID
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP EXCP variables:
ACCTID, DDNAME, DEVID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER,
STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP COUNT SMF30BLK Number of EXCPs issued
JOB, STEP DDNAME SMF30DDN DD name
JOB, STEP DEVCUU SMF30CUA Device number
JOB, STEP DEVTYPE SMF30DEV Device class
JOB, STEP DEV-CONN SMF30DCT Total device connect time
JOB, STEP LBLKSIZE SMF30BSZ Largest block size

Chapter 5: Variables 141

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP UNITTYPE SMF30UTP Device unit type

MVS IO Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class IO on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] IO variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of an IO variable determines which ID options can be used with the
variable, as follows:
■ No ID options can be used with MVS SYSTEM IO variables.
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB IO and MVS STEP IO
variables: JOBID, STEPID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP CARDs SMF30INP Number of card-image records read
JOB, STEP DEVCON SMF30TCN Total device connect time
JOB, STEP EXCPs SMF30TEP Number of EXCPs
SYSTEM INTERRUPTs SMF70 Total number of I/O interrupts
SYSTEM INT-SLIH SMF70SLH Number of I/O interrupts handled by the I/O interrupt
handler
SYSTEM INT-TPI SMF70TPI Number of I/O interrupts handled via the TPI
instruction
JOB, STEP TGETs SMF30TGT Number of TGETs
JOB, STEP TPUTs SMF30TPT Number of TPUTs

142 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

MVS JOB and STEP Variable Classes

This section describes variable information for classes JOB and STEP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] variable-class variable-name | data

ID Option
■ The following ID options can be used with z/OS JOB variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
■ The following ID options can be used with z/OS STEP variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM %CPUACT SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed while active
SYSTEM %CPUDUR SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed during the JOB or STEP
SYSTEM %CPUINT SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed in report interval
SYSTEM %CPURES SMF30 Percentage of CPU consumed while resident
SYSTEM ACTIVE SMF30 Total transaction active time
SYSTEM COUNT SMF30 Number of jobs or steps executed
SYSTEM CPU SMF30 Total amount of CPU time consumed
SYSTEM DEV-CONN SMF30 Total device connect time
SYSTEM DURATION SMF30 Total job or step duration time
SYSTEM RESIDENT SMF30 Total transaction residency time
SYSTEM SAMPLEs SMF30 Number of step interval samples
SYSTEM SRB SMF30 Total amount of SRB CPU time consumed
SYSTEM TCB SMF30 Total amount of TCB CPU time consumed
SYSTEM TOT-EXCP SMF30 Number of EXCPs

Chapter 5: Variables 143

MVS Variables

MVS LPAR Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class LPAR on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] LPAR variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS LPAR variables:
CPUID, CPUPID, LPARID, LPID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM %ACTIVE SMF70PDT Logical processor utilization
SYSTEM ACTIVE SMF70PDT Logical processor active time
SYSTEM CPU SMF70VPA Logical processor address
SYSTEM NUMBER SMF70LPN Logical partition number
SYSTEM RWF SMF70BPS Logical partition resource weight factor

MVS OPERator Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class OPERATOR on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] OPER variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of an OPERator variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB OPERator variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP OPERator variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

144 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP NS-DASD-MOUNTs SMF30PDM Number of nonspecific DASD mounts
JOB, STEP NS-MSS-MOUNTs SMF30MTM Number of nonspecific MTM mounts
JOB, STEP NS-TAPE-MOUNTs SMF30PTM Number of nonspecific tape mounts
JOB, STEP S-DASD-MOUNTs SMF30PRD Number of specific DASD mounts
JOB, STEP S-MSS-MOUNTs SMF30MSR Number of specific MTM mounts
JOB, STEP S-TAPE-MOUNTs SMF30TPR Number of specific tape mounts

MVS PAGE Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PAGE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PAGE variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of a PAGE variable determines which ID options can be used with
the variable, as follows:
■ No ID options can be used with MVS SYSTEM PAGE variables.
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB PAGE variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGRAMMER, USER
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP PAGE variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVG-UIC SMF71ACA Average of the maximum unreferenced interval count
during any RMF interval
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-COMMON SMF71SNI, Number of common area page-ins
STEP SMF30CPI
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-LPA SMF71LNI, Number of LPA page-ins
STEP SMF30IPI

Chapter 5: Variables 145

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM, JOB, IN-PRIvate SMF71PIN, Number of private area page-ins
STEP SMF30PGI
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-SWAP SMF71SIN, Number of pages swapped in
STEP SMF30PSI
SYSTEM, JOB, IN-VIO SMF71VIN, Number of VIO page-ins
STEP SMF30VPI
SYSTEM, JOB, INs SMF71, SMF30 Total number of page-in operations
STEP
JOB, STEP IOs SMF30 Total number of page operations
SYSTEM MAX-UIC SMF71LIC Lowest maximum unreferenced interval count during
any RMF interval
SYSTEM MIGRATE SMF71PEA Number of pages migrated from expanded storage
SYSTEM MIN-UIC SMF71LIC Lowest maximum unreferenced interval count during
any RMF interval
SYSTEM MOVES SMF71PMV Number of pages moved between storage above the
16M line and storage below the 16M line
SYSTEM MOVES-EXT SMF71PES Number of pages moved to expanded storage
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-COMMON SMF71SNO, Number of page-outs performed in the common area
STEP SMF30CPR
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-PRIvate SMF71POT, Number of private area page-outs
STEP SMF30PGO
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-SWAP SMF71SOT, Number of pages swapped out
STEP SMF30PSO
SYSTEM, JOB, OUT-VIO SMF71VOT, Number of VIO page-outs
STEP SMF30VPO
SYSTEM, JOB, OUTs SMF71, SMF30 Total number of page-out operations
STEP
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-COMMON SMF71SNR, Number of common area reclaims
STEP SMF30CPR
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-LPA SMF71LNR, Number of LPA reclaims
STEP SMF30LPR
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-PRIvate SMF71PRC, Number of private area reclaims
STEP SMF30REC
SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIM-VIO SMF71VRC, Number of VIO reclaims
STEP SMF30VPR

146 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM, JOB, RECLAIMs SMF71, SMF30 Total number of page reclaims
STEP
JOB, STEP SECONDs SMF30PSC Number of CPU page seconds
JOB, STEP STEALs SMF30PST Number of pages stolen

MVS PAGESWAP Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PAGESWAP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PAGESWAP variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with MVS PAGESWAP variable: DSNID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM AVGUSED SMF75AVU Maximum number of slots or swap-sets used
SYSTEM IO SMF75SIO Number of I/O requests
SYSTEM MAXUSED SMF75MXU Maximum number of slots or swap-sets used
SYSTEM MINUSED SMF75MNU Minimum number of slots or swap-sets used
SYSTEM PAGES SMF75PGX Number of pages transferred to or from page data set
SYSTEM SLOTS SMF75SLA Number of slots or swap-sets within the page or swap data
set
SYSTEM UNUSABLE SMF75BDS Number of unusable slots or swap-sets

MVS PERFormance Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PERFORMANCE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PERF variable-name | data

Chapter 5: Variables 147

MVS Variables

ID Option
The record type of a PERFormance variable determines which ID options can be
used with the variable, as follows:
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB PERFormance variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP PERFormance variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP ACTIVE SMF30TAT Total transaction active time
JOB, STEP CPU-SU SMF30CSU Number of CPU service units
JOB, STEP IOC-SU SMF300 Number of I/O service units
JOB, STEP MSO-SU SMF30MSO Number of main storage service units
JOB, STEP RESIDENT SMF30RES Total transaction residency time
JOB, STEP SRB-SU SMF30SRB Number of SRB service units
JOB, STEP TOT-SU SMF30RSV Total number of service units

MVS PRINT Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PRINT on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PRINT variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS PRINT variables:
SMF6FMN, SMF6OWC

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM SMF6FMN SMF6FMN Form number
SYSTEM SMF6NLR SMF6NLR Number of logical records written

148 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

SYSTEM SMF6OUT SMF6OUT Output device name

SYSTEM SMF6OWC SMF6OWC SYSOUT class

MVS PROCessor Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class PROCESSOR on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] PROC variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of a PROCessor variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB PROCessor variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP PROCessor variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP CONTROL-TASK-CPU (ESA) SMF30RCT Total transaction active time
JOB, STEP HIPERSPACE (ESA) SMF30HPT Hiperspace processing time
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-SRB SMF30ISB Initiator CPU time under SRB
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-TCB SMF30ICU Initiator CPU time under TCB
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-VECTOR-AFFINITY SMF30IVA Total transaction residency time
JOB, STEP INITIATOR-VECTOR-USAGE SMF30IVU Initiator vector usage time
JOB, STEP IO-INT-CPU (ESA) SMF30IIP CPU time used to process I/O interrupts
JOB, STEP SRB SMF30CPS CPU time under SRB
JOB, STEP TCB SMF30CPT CPU time under TCB
JOB, STEP VECTOR-AFFINITY SMF30FVA Vector affinity time
JOB, STEP VECTOR-USAGE SMF30JVU Vector usage time

Chapter 5: Variables 149

MVS Variables

MVS STORage Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class STORAGE on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] STOR variable-name | data

ID Option
The record type of a STORage variable determines which ID options can be used
with the variable, as follows:
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS JOB STORage variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGRAMMER, USERID
■ The following ID options can be used with MVS STEP STORage variables:
ACCTID, JOBCLASS, JOBID, PGID, PROGID, PROGRAMMER, STEPID, USERID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

JOB, STEP ABOVE SMF30EUR Virtual storage allocated from user subpools above
the 16 MB line
JOB, STEP BELOW SMF30URB Virtual storage allocated from user subpools below
the 16 MB line
JOB, STEP LSQA/SWA-ABOVE SMF30EAR Virtual storage allocated from LSQA/SWA subpools
above the 16 MB line
JOB, STEP LSQA/SWA-BELOW SMF30ARB Virtual storage allocated from LSQA/SWA subpools
below the 16 MB line
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-ABOVE SMF30ERG Private area size above the 16 MB line
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-BELOW SMF30RGB Private area size below the 16 MB line
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-HIGH SMF30SYS Amount of storage used from top of private area
JOB, STEP PRIVATE-LOW SMF30PRV Amount of storage used from bottom of private area
JOB, STEP REGION-SIZE SMF30ORGN Region size

150 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MVS Variables

MVS SU Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class SU (service units) on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] SU variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID options can be used with MVS SU variables: PGDID, PGID,

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM CPU SMF72CTS Number of CPU service units consumed
SYSTEM IOC SMF72ITS Number of I/O service units consumed
SYSTEM MSO SMF72MTS Number of storage service units consumed
SYSTEM SRB SMF72STS Number of SRB service units consumed
SYSTEM TOTAL SMF72 Total number of service units consumed

MVS SWAP Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class SWAP on system MVS.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] SWAP variable-name | data

ID Option
The following ID option can be used with MVS SWAP variables: SWAPID

Variable information is provided in the following table:

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM COUNT SMF71CNT Total number of swap operations
SYSTEM L-AUXiliary SMF71LAX Number of logical swaps physically swapped to
auxiliary storage
SYSTEM L-EXTended SMF71LES Number of logical swaps physically swapped to
extended storage

Chapter 5: Variables 151

MVS Variables

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM MIGRATEs SMF71MIG Number of physical swaps migrated from
extended storage to auxiliary storage
SYSTEM P-AUXiliary SMF71AXD Number of physical swaps directed to auxiliary
storage
SYSTEM P-EXTended SMF71ESD Number of physical swaps directed to extended
storage

MVS TSO Variable Class

This section describes variable information for class TSO on system MVS. These variables
are applicable only to SMF32, subtype 3.

Syntax:

MVS [record-type] TSO variable-name | data

ID Options
The following ID options can be used with MVS TSO variables: JOBID, STEPID,
TSOCMD

Variable information is provided in the following table.

Record Type Variable Name Data Description

SYSTEM DEV-CON SMF32TCT Total device connect time by TSO user
SYSTEM EXCP SMF32EXP Number of EXCPs issued by TSO user
SYSTEM SRB SMF32SRB SRB time consumed by TSO user
SYSTEM TCB SMF32TCB TCB time consumed by TSO user
SYSTEM TGET SMF32TGT Number of TGETs by TSO user
SYSTEM TPUT SMF32TPT Number of TPUTs by TSO user
SYSTEM TRAN-CNT SMF32CNT Number of transactions by TSO user

152 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 6: Variable Options
This section contains the following topics:
Description and Syntax (see page 153)
COUNT Option (see page 153)
FORMAT Option (see page 154)
LOGICAL Option (see page 155)
MAX and MIN Options (see page 155)
MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options (see page 156)
PerCenT Option (see page 157)
RATE Option (see page 157)
SELZERO Option (see page 159)
TOTAL Option (see page 159)
XTIME Option (see page 160)
XTND and NXTND Options (see page 160)

Description and Syntax

Two kinds of options can be used with variables: variable options and ID options. This
section describes the variable options that can be used with most variables.

The following variable options are valid only in tabular reports:

■ DIFF
■ RANGE
■ RIGHT
■ SELECT

Specify variable options following the variable to which they are to apply, as the
following syntax shows:

variable [option [option...]]

More information:

ID Options (see page 163)

Tabular Reports (see page 187)

COUNT Option
Use the COUNT option to convert a variable into the number of different identifiers that
correspond to that variable.

Chapter 6: Variable Options 153

FORMAT Option

The COUNT option has the following syntax:

COUNT=IDoption

IDoption
Includes any ID option valid for the variable.

Example: COUNT Option

The following command would produce a tabular report displaying the number of
terminals that had any activity:

TAB TRAN USE COUNT=TERMID

END
RUN

FORMAT Option
Use the FORMAT option to define the length of an output field or to specify how many
decimal positions it contains.

The FORMAT option can also be used with ID options to control the number of
characters printed for each identifier. For more information about formatting
identifiers, see the chapter “ID Options.”

The FORMAT option has the following syntax:

FORMAT (outputformat)

outputformat
Specifies one of the following, for numeric or alphanumeric output:
For numeric data: Specifies up to 15 Ns with or without a period to indicate the
placement of the decimal point. For example, FORMAT(NN.NNN) indicates a
five-digit output rounded to three decimal places. You can include any constants
other than the letters N and C in the string. For example, specify
FORMAT(NN.NNN%) to include a percent sign with each value in your report.
For alphanumeric data: Specifies nC, where n is the number of characters to appear
in the output. For example, FORMAT(4C) indicates an output of four characters.
There is no limit on the value of n.

Note: If a value for a variable is greater than the output format you specify, the value is
replaced by an asterisk (*). For example, if you specify FORMAT(NN.NN) with a variable,
all values greater than 99.99 for that variable are replaced by asterisks in your report.

154 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 LOGICAL Option

Examples: FORMAT Option

The following are FORMAT option examples and the result of each:
TRAN LIFE FORMAT(NNN.NN)
By default, the output of the variable TRAN LIFE appears in the format N.NNN,
NN.NN, or NNNNN, depending on the size of the value. The FORMAT option here
forces the output to two decimal places.
TRAN USE RATE FORMAT(NN.N)
The RATE option used with the variable TRAN USE defaults to two decimal
positions. The FORMAT option here alters the output to one decimal place.

LOGICAL Option
By default, the Report Writer checks all input records and discards any with negative
values. Use the LOGICAL option with a variable to bypass this check and treat all values
for the variable as unsigned (logical) values.

The LOGICAL option has the following syntax:

LOGICAL

Example: LOGICAL Option

The following commands create a tabular report on terminals, treating all values for the
variable TERM USE as unsigned. Records with a negative value for TERM RESP will still
be discarded.

TAB TERMID TERM RESP AND,

TERM USE LOGICAL
END
RUN

MAX and MIN Options

Use the MAX and MIN options to force a variable that by default prints a count or an
average to print the minimum or maximum value.

Chapter 6: Variable Options 155

MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options

The MAX and MIN options have the following syntax:

MAX[=idoption]
MIN[=idoption]

idoption
Includes any ID option valid for the variable. The values produced by the MAX and
MIN options are largely dependent on the structure of the data records. Use this
operand to control how the values are computed.

Examples: MAX and MIN Options

The following examples use the MAX and MIN options:

TRAN LIFE MAX

TRAN LIFE MIN
DATASET USE MAX=TRANNUM

TRAN LIFE is defined as the average transaction lifetime. TRAN LIFE MAX prints the
maximum transaction lifetime. TRAN LIFE MIN prints the minimum transaction lifetime.

DATASET USE is defined as the number of file requests. DATASET USE MAX=TRANNUM
prints the maximum number of file requests for any single transaction number.

MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options

Use the MAXDATE and MAXTIME options to print the date and time when the value of a
variable is highest.

The MAXDATE and MAXTIME options have the following syntax:

MAXDATE
MAXTIME

Examples: MAXDATE and MAXTIME Options

The following examples use the MAXDATE and MAXTIME options with the variable
TRAN LIFE:

TRAN LIFE MAXDATE

TRAN LIFE MAXTIME

TRAN LIFE is defined as the average transaction lifetime. TRAN LIFE MAXDATE prints the
date on which transaction lifetime was highest. TRAN LIFE MAXTIME prints the time at
which this value was highest.

156 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 PerCenT Option

PerCenT Option
Use the PerCenT option to cause a variable to represent the usage of a resource as a
percentage of the total value for the system. You can use the PerCenT option only with
variables that represent a total that is not the same as the value for the entire system.

The PerCenT option has the following syntax:

PerCenT

Example: PerCenT Option

In the following example, the PLOT command plots the use of the transaction CINQ
against the total system transaction use. The second command, PLOT2, plots the
percentage of transaction use for CINQ compared to the total system transaction use.

PLOT TRANSACTION USE TRANID(CINQ)

PLOT2 TRANSACTION USE PCT TRANID(CINQ)
END
RUN

RATE Option
Use the RATE option to display a rate (number per second, minute, hour, day, or week)
rather than a count. You can use the RATE option only with variables that represent a
count.

The RATE option has the following syntax:

RATE[(period [, WEIGHTED] [type])]

period
Defines the time interval the rate is to be based upon. Specify one of the following:
RPTINT-Calculates the rate based on the reporting interval. This is the default.
SYSINT-Calculates the rate based on the interval of the main system record, thereby
accounting only for the time CA SYSVIEW was active logging data.
[nn] interval
Calculates the rate based on the interval specified. nn can be 1 to 99; the default is
1. Replace interval with SECONDs, MINUTEs, HOURs, DAYs, or WEEKs.
WEIGHTED
Prints rates based only on those intervals that show activity for the specified
variable.

Chapter 6: Variable Options 157

RATE Option

type
Specify one of the following:
COUNT-Prints the number of active intervals.
MAX-Prints the maximum value for any one interval.
MAXDATE-Prints the date of the interval during which the maximum value
occurred.
MAXRATE-Prints the maximum rate for any one interval.
MAXTIME-Prints the time of the interval during which the maximum value
occurred.

Examples: RATE Option

In this example, the PLOT command plots the use of the transaction CINQ against the
total system transaction use, and the PLOT2 command plots the transaction rate for
CINQ compared to the total system transaction rate:

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ)

PLOT2 TRAN USE RATE TRANID(CINQ)
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

These commands create a tabular report showing the hourly transaction rate (average
number per hour) each day:

TAB DATE TRAN USE RATE(1 HOUR)

EACH DAY
END
RUN

These commands create a tabular report showing the highest hourly transaction rate for
each day:

TAB DATE TRAN USE RATE(1 HOUR,MAXRATE)

EACH DAY
END
RUN

158 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 SELZERO Option

SELZERO Option
By default, the Report Writer checks all input records and discards any with zero activity
for the specified variables. For example, a tabular report on terminal activity includes
only those terminals that have a positive value for at least one variable specified with
the TAB command. Use the SELZERO option to bypass this check and include all
resources in the report.

The SELZERO option has the following syntax:

SELZERO

Example: SELZERO Option

By default, a graph of file requests by transaction ID includes only transactions that

issued at least one file request. The following commands graph the average number of
file requests by every transaction, including those with no file requests:

GRAF TRANID TRAN USE SELZERO

END
RUN

TOTAL Option
Use the TOTAL option to force a variable that by default prints an average to print a
total.

The TOTAL option has the following syntax:

TOTAL

Example: TOTAL Option

The following example uses the TOTAL option with the variable TRAN CPU:

TRAN CPU TOTAL

By default, the variable TRAN CPU creates a column showing the average CPU time per
transaction. Specifying the variable with the option TOTAL creates a column showing the
total CPU time used by all transactions.

Chapter 6: Variable Options 159

XTIME Option

XTIME Option
By default, all time-based Report Writer variables are displayed in seconds. If you expect
a variable to show a time of many hours, you can use the XTIME option to translate the
time to hhh:mm:ss format, where hhh is hours, mm is minutes, and ss is seconds.

If you want more precise output of time values, you can use the XTIMEM option or the
NXTIME option. The XTIMEM option translates the time value to hhh:mm:ss:lll format,
where hhh is hours, mm is minutes, ss is seconds, and lll is milliseconds. The NXTIME
option changes the value to ssss.lll format, where ssss is seconds and lll is milliseconds.

Note: The hhh:mm:ss, hhh:mm:ss:lll, and ssss.lll formats take up more column space
than the default format.

The XTIME option has the following syntax:

XTIME
XTIMEM
NXTIME

Example: XTIME Option

The following example uses the XTIME option with the variable TRAN TCPU:

TRAN TCPU XTIME

XTND and NXTND Options

Use the XTND and NXTND options to increase or decrease the number of digits in the
output of a variable.

Most variables have a maximum value of five digits. If a number is larger than 99999,
the Report Writer divides it by 1000 and adds a K. For example, 200,000 becomes 200
KB. If the number is still too large, the Report Writer divides by 1000 again and adds an
M, and so on. For values representing storage, the Report Writer divides large values by
1024 and adds a k; if the number is still too large, it divides by 1024 again and adds an
m.

The XTND and NXTND variable options are not valid for variables that yield time values.
You can use the XTIME, XTIMEM, and NXTIME options to control the output of time
variables.

160 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 XTND and NXTND Options

XTND Option
Use the XTND (extend) option to support the printing of up to eight digits. This allows
you to print more precise output of numbers up to 99,999,999 (including commas).

The XTND option has the following syntax:

XTND

Example: XTND Option

Use the XTND option with the variable TRAN USE if you expect the number of
transactions to be more than 99999 and you want an exact count, as follows:

TRAN USE XTND

NXTND Option
Some numbers that the Report Writer expects to be large can be extended by default.
Use the NXTND option to reduce the number of digits printed, thus increasing the
number of columns that can fit across a page.

The NXTND option has the following syntax:

NXTND

Example: NXTND Option

The following example uses the NXTND option with the variable TRAN USE:

TRAN USE NXTND

Chapter 6: Variable Options 161

Chapter 7: ID Options
This section contains the following topics:
How to Use ID Options (see page 163)
Descriptions of ID Options (see page 164)
ID Options Used with Commands (see page 173)
Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers (see page 177)
ID Options Used with Commands or Variables (see page 178)
Generate a Plot Report Using Variables (see page 180)
Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables (see page 181)
Identifiers (see page 182)
How Format Identifiers Work (see page 183)

How to Use ID Options

You can use ID options with certain commands, variables, or both, as follows:
■ Use ID options with commands to organize the data in a tabular, graph, or flashback
report by a specific type of resource. For example, you can create a tabular report
organized by transaction ID in which each row contains information about only a
single transaction.
You can also specify one or more identifiers to limit the report to the particular
resource or resources specified by the identifiers.
■ Use ID options with variables in any type of report to limit the range of the variable
to a particular resource or group of resources. For example, you can limit the range
of a variable to a specific transaction or a specific group of programs.
When you use ID options with variables, you generally must include one or more
identifiers that specify the particular resources on which you want information.

More information:

Identifiers (see page 182)

Chapter 7: ID Options 163

Descriptions of ID Options

Descriptions of ID Options
The tables in the following toics list all ID options for CICS, COMMON, AUDIT, IMS, MQ,
and MVS, the identifiers that are valid for each, their maximum length in characters, and
the variable record types with which they can be used.

The following list contains the record types and their SMF record subtypes:
■ The LOG record type with AUDIT variables has an SMF record subtype of 01.
■ The EXCEPTION record type with COMMON STATE variables has an SMF record
subtype of 04.
■ The SYSTEM record type with THRESHOLD variables has an SMF record subtype of
08.
■ The INTERVAL record type has an SMF record subtype of 23 and 28.
■ The SYSTEM record type with EXCEPTION variables has an SMF record subtype of
24.
■ The SUMMARY record type with CICS variables has an SMF record subtype of 25.
■ The PERFORMANCE record type with CICS variables has an SMF record subtype of
27.
■ The PERFORMANCE record type with IMS variables has an SMF record subtype of
32.
■ The SUMMARY record type with IMS variables has an SMF record subtype of 33.

ID Options for CICS

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
ABCODE Abend codes for transactions 4 Any PERFormance variable
APPLID VTAM APPLIDs of CICS regions of the CICS 8 Only PERFormance variable
system
CICSREL CICS release level in the format v.r.m. 5 Any INTerval, SYStem, and
Where v is the version, r is the release, and SUMmary variable
m is the maintenance level.
DB2PROG DB2 requesting programs 8 PERFormance DB2
DB2TYPE DB2 statement types 24 PERFormance DB2
DB2PSNUM DB2 precompiler statement numbers 5 PERFormance DB2

164 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
DCTID Data set names of transient data sets 4 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance TRANsaction,
PERFormance TRANSIENT
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss All variable classes
format)
FILEID File name 8 PERFormance DATASET and
PERFormance DLI
JOBNAME CICS jobnames 8 Any CICS variable
NETNAME VTAM logical unit names for terminals 8 Any PERFormance variable
OPERNAME Operator names 20 Any PERFormance variable
(release 4 only)
PROGID Program names 8 PERFormance DATASET,
PERFormance PROGram,
PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance TRANsaction
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss All variable classes
format)
SYSID MVS system ID 4 All variable classes
TERMID Terminal Ids 4 Any PERFormance and SYStem
variable
THRCLAS Threshold classes. Valid values are: 5 PERFormance TERMinal,
COUNT, RATE, TIME, PCT PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
THRSID Threshold names 8 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction,
SYStem THRESHOLD
THRSSID Secondary threshold names 8 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
THRTYPE Threshold types. Valid values are 5 PERFormance TERMinal,
UPPER, LOWER PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
TRANID Transaction Ids 4 Any PERFormance, SYStem,
and SUMmary variable
TRANNUM Transaction numbers 7 (exactly) Any PERFormance variable
and SYStem THRESHOLD

Chapter 7: ID Options 165

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
TRSCEID Threshold resource names 8 PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance THRESHOLD,
PERFormance TRANsaction
TSTGID Temporary storage IDs for temporary 8 PERFormance TEMPSTOR,
storage data PERFormance TERMinal,
PERFormance TRANsaction
USERID User Ids 8 Any PERFormance and SYStem
variable
UTRANID Umbrella names 32 Any PERFormance variable
VOLSER Volume serial number 8 PERFormance DATASET
VTAMLU VTAM logical unit names of terminals 8 Any PERFormance variable
and SYStem EXCEPTION

ID Options for IMS

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
DBNAME Database name 8 Any SUMmary variable
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any SUMmary variable
format)
IMSID IMS subsystem ID. 4 All variable classes
IMSREL IMS release level in the format v.r, where v 4 All variable classes
is the version, and r is the release
JOBNAME IMS job names 8 All variable classes
LTERM Logical terminal name 8 Any PERFormance variable
LUNAME Logical unit name 8 All variable classes
PROCTYPE Transaction processing type. Valid values 1 Any PERFormance variable
are: A, B, C, D, O, P, Q, R, S, T, X,
PSBNAME Program specification block ID 8 All variable classes
PST Partition specification table number 3 All variable classes
REGION IMS region name 8 Any PERFormance variable
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss All variable classes
format)

166 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
SYSID z/OS system name 8 All variable classes
TRANID Transaction ID 8 All variable classes
USERID User ID 8 All variable classes

ID Options for MQ

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any MQ variable
format)
JOBNAME The name of the job 8 Any JOB related class
OBJNAME MQ object name 48 Any MQ variable
OBJTYPE MQ object type 8 Any MQ variable
OBJSUBTYPE MQ object subtype 8 Any MQ variable
QMANAGER Queue manager name 4 Any MQ variable
RESNAME Resolved object name 48 Any MQ variable
RESMANAGER Resolved queue manager name 48 Any MQ variable
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any MQ variable
format)
SYSID System ID of the z/OS system 8 Any MQ variable

Note: Use the FORMAT command with the ID option to truncate long identifiers that
waste space on the report page.

FORMAT Option

FORMAT Option (see page 154)

Chapter 7: ID Options 167

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Options for AUDITLOG

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
format)
ENDTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
format)
AUDTYPE Audit record type 16 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
SYSTEM System name 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
SUBSYS Subsystem ID 4 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
AJOBID Audit job ID 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
TASKNAME Task name 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
SECGROUP Security group 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
RELEASE Product release 4 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
AJOBNAME Audit job name 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
ATERMID Audit terminal ID 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable
AUSERID Audit user ID 8 Any AUDIT LOG ALL variable

ID Options for COMMON

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
APPLID Application ID for CICS 8 (hh:mm:ss) Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
CJOBID Job ID for Common variables 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
GROUP Any exception group (System, Asid, 12 Any COMmon EXCeption
Device, Cpu, and so on) variable
JOBNAME Job name 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
OLDSTATUS Exception owners. 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
Valid values: MVS, MQSeries, IMS, variable
TCP/IP, CICS

168 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
OWNER Owner (MVS, MQSeries, IMS, TCP/IP, 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
CICS) variable
RESRC Exception resource 1 names 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
RESRC2 Exception resource 2 names 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
RULETYPE Threshold rule types. 6 COMmon THReshold
Valid values: None, Upper, Lower,
Change
STARTTIME None 8 (hh:mm:ss) Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
STATUS Exception status 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
SUBGROUP Any exception subgroup (SYSTEM, CPU, 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
STORAGE, and so on) variable
SYSTEM System name 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable
THRECLAS Threshold classes. 5 Any COMmon EXCeption
Valid values: Count, Cnt K (count in variable
1024), Rate, Time, Pct
THRETYPE Threshold types. 8 COMmon THReshold
Valid values: *, System, Tran-End, State,
Tran-Sum, Timer, Tran-Dyn, Tran-Sys
TRANID CICS transaction IDs 8 COMmon THReshold
VARNAME Exception variable names 8 Any COMmon EXCeption
variable

Chapter 7: ID Options 169

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Options for MVS

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
AACCTID Jobs and steps from the job card accounting varies EXCP
field JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORage
ASTYPE The following address space types: JOB, STC 3 DSN
(started task), TSO EXCP
non-SYSTEM ID
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
TSO
CHNID Channel IDs, in hexadecimal 2 CHANNEL
CHNTYPE Channel type acronym 5 CHANNEL
CMPCODE Completion code 4 JOB
STEP
CPUID CPU serial numbers of MVS machines 6 CPU
LPAR
CPUPID CPU processor IDs of MVS processors 2 CPU
LPAR
DDNAME DD names of data sets 8 EXCP
DEVID Device addresses, in hexadecimal 4 DEVICE
DISK
DSN
EXCP

170 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
DISKID Disk addresses, in hexadecimal 4 DISK
DSN
DSND Data set names 44 DSN
PAGESWAP
ENDTIME None; record end times are printed 8 Any variable
FORMID Output form numbers 4 MVS SYSOUT variables
JOBCLASS Job classes 1 EXCP
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
JOBID Jobnames 8 DSN
EXCP
non-SYSTEM ID
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
TSO
LPARID Names of PR/SM logical partitions 8 LPAR
LPARNAME Name of the operating system instance 8 CPU
LPID Logical processor IDs 2 LPAR

Chapter 7: ID Options 171

Descriptions of ID Options

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
PROGID Program names 1-8 STEP EXCP
STEP OPERator
STEP PAGE
STEP PERFormance
STEP PROCessor
STEP
STEP STORage
PROGRAMMER Programmer names 1-20 EXCP
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
SMF6FMN Output form numbers 4 MVS print variables
SMF6OWC SYSOUT classes 1 MVS print variables
STARTTIME None; record start times are printed 8 Any variable
STEPID Step IDs 8 DSN
STEPEXCP
non-SYSTEM IO
STEP OPERator
STEP PAGE
STEP PERFormance
STEP PROCessor
STEP
STEP STORage
TSO
SWAPID Swap reasons 30 SWAP
SYSID System IDs of MVS systems 8 Any MVS variable
TSOCMD TSO command names 8 TSO

172 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 ID Options Used with Commands

ID Option Identifiers You Can Specify with the ID Length of Variable Classes You Can Use
Option Identifiers with the ID Option
USERID User information 1-8 EXCP
JOB
OPERator
non-SYSTEM PAGE
PERFormance
PROCessor
STEP
STORAGE
VOLSER Volume IDs 6 DSN
DISK

ID Options Used with Commands

Use ID options with commands to organize the data in a report by a specific type of
resource, such as transaction, terminal, program, or user.

You can use ID options with the TAB, TAB2, GRAF, and FLASHBACK commands. You
cannot use ID options with any of the plot commands. You can, however, use ID options
with variables in plot reports. For a description, see Generate a Plot Report Using
Variables (see page 180) in this chapter.

To use an ID option with a command, specify the ID option after the command and
before any variables.

Limitations Caused by Using Identifiers

You are not required to specify identifiers when you use an ID option with a command.
If you specify one or more identifiers with an ID option, the resulting report is not only
organized by the type of resource specified by the ID option, but the entire report is
limited to the resources specified by the identifiers.

Chapter 7: ID Options 173

ID Options Used with Commands

ID Options Syntax
The syntax of ID options when used with commands is as follows:

idoption[(identifier[,identifier...])]

idoption
Includes one of the ID options listed in ID Options for MVS (see page 170) in this
chapter.
The ID option you specify determines the type of resource the resulting report is
organized by.
identifier
Specifies an individual resource or group of resources to include in the report. The
types of identifiers that are valid for each ID option are given beginning in Use ID
Options with Variables and Identifiers (see page 177) in this chapter.

More information:

ID Options for IMS (see page 166)

Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers (see page 177)
Identifiers (see page 182)

Examples of ID Options Used with Commands

The following pages show some examples of using ID options with commands.
■ TAB Report Using an ID Option and Identifiers
The following TAB command includes the ID option CICSID together with the
identifiers C1, C2, and C3 to generate a report showing the number and percentage
of transactions used by each of three CICS systems:
TAB CICSID(C1, C2, C3) TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE PCT
END
RUN

A report with the following format is generated:

CICS TRAN TRAN

ID USE %USE
____ _____ ______
C1 297 51.4
C2 188 32.5
C3 93 16.1
____ _____ ______
SUM 578 100.0
____ ____ ______

174 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 ID Options Used with Commands

■ TAB and TAB2 Report Using ID Options

The following example uses the ID option TERMID with the TAB command and the
ID option TRANID with the TAB2 command to create a report on terminals and the
transactions associated with them:
TAB TERMID TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE
TAB2 TRANID TRAN USE AND TRAN LIFE
END
RUN

A report with the following format is generated:

TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE ID USE LIFE
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
F014 2483 0.361 FXFR 2482 0.361
CSGM 1 0.012
-------- ------- --------
SUMMARY 2483 0.361
-------- -------- --------
.
.
.
-------- -------- --------
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- --------
SUM 5044 140.0 8684 87.43
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 7: ID Options 175

ID Options Used with Commands

■ Graph Report Using an ID Option Without Identifiers

By default, the GRAF command produces a report on the identifiers associated with
the specified variable. If you specify an ID option with the GRAF command, the
identifiers for that ID option are used in place of the default.
For example, graph reports on TRANSACTION variables are, by default, organized by
transaction ID. The following commands use the ID option JOBID with the variable
TRAN USE to produce a report on transaction usage by CICS job rather than by
transaction ID:
GRAF JOBID TRAN USE
END
RUN

The above commands generate a report like the following:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION USE
PERIOD NONE
0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+ ........+.........+
CICSA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1919
CICSB .XXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 236
CICSTEST .XXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 219
CICSX1 .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 108
CICSX2 . . . . . . . . . . . 6
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION USE

■ Graph Report Using an ID Option and Identifiers

The following GRAF command is specified with the ID option TRANID and the
identifiers CMAS, CCOM, and CSSF, which limits the resulting report to data about
only those transactions:
GRAF TRANID(CMAS,CCOM,CSSF) TRAN LIFETIME SCALE(1.0)
FROM 06/06/10 00.00.00
TO 06/07/10 00.00.00
END
RUN

A report with the following format is generated:

0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CMAS .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.668
CCOM .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . 0.286
CSSF .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.063
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION LIFETIME IN SECONDS.

176 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers

■ FLASHBACK Report Using an ID Option and Identifiers

The following commands produce a FLASHBACK LIST report showing the
transactions of operator SWS only:
FLASHBACK LIST
END
RUN

A report with the following format is generated:

CICS END TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----------------------
B1 00.45.29 0A02 SWS 67 1.011 0.274 1.011 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.45.35 0A02 SWS 69 2.387 0.051 1.187 3 0.199 1 2 6
.
.
.

B1 05.34.14 0A02 SWS 606 0.129 0.032 0.129 2 0.000 0 0 3

---- -------- ------ ------ ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------------
05.34.14 8003 28.47 0.168 0.132 231 0.021 0 10 3
---- -------- ------ ------ ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------------

Use ID Options with Variables and Identifiers

Use ID options with individual variables to limit the range of the variable to a particular
resource or group of resources. You can use ID options with variables in any type of
report. When you use ID options with variables, you must specify one or more
identifiers.

To use an ID option with a variable, specify the ID option and its identifiers immediately
following the variable you want to restrict.

Syntax of ID options used with variables:

idoption (identifier[,identifier...])

idoption
Includes one of the ID options. The ID option you specify determines the type of
resource the report is to be about. The ID options that can be used with a given
variable depend upon the class and record type. The ID options that are valid for
each class and record type are given in the chapter “Variables.”
identifier
Specifies an individual resource or group of resources the variable is limited to.

More information:

ID Options for MVS (see page 170)

Variables (see page 105)

Chapter 7: ID Options 177

ID Options Used with Commands or Variables

ID Options Used with Commands or Variables

The following illustrates the differences between using ID options with commands and
using ID options with variables:
■ The first report is organized by both time and CICS ID, and the entire report is
restricted to data about the CICS systems A1 and B1.
■ The second report is organized only by time, and each ID option restricts the range
of just the one variable it is specified with. For example, the third column in the
report, which was generated by the variable and ID option TRAN USE CICSID(A1),
contains information about system A1 only.

Sample Commands for Report 1

The following commands generate a report showing the number and percentage of
transactions used by each of two CICS systems. Specify the ID option and identifiers
CICSID(A1,B1) with the TAB command.

TAB DATE CICSID(A1,B1) TRAN USE AND TRAN USE PCT

EACH DAY
FROM 12/08/10
TO 12/09/10
END
RUN

This command generates the following report:

CICS TRAN TRAN

DATE ID USE % USE
-------- ---- -------- --------
12/08/10 B1 368 71.0
A1 150 29.0
-------- ---- -------- --------
SUM 518 100.0
-------- ---- -------- --------
12/09/10 B1 5488 79.8
A1 1393 20.2
-------- ---- -------- --------
SUM 6881 100.0
-------- ---- -------- --------

178 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 ID Options Used with Commands or Variables

Sample Commands and Variables for Report 2

The following commands also generate a report showing the number and percentage of
transactions used by each CICS system when there are two. However, in this example,
the ID option and identifier CICSID(A1) and the ID option and identifier CICSID(B1) are
specified with variables.

TAB DATE TRAN USE HDR1(-TOTAL-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,

TRAN USE CICSID(A1) HDR1(-A1-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE CICSID(A1) PCT HDR1(-A1-) HDR2(% USE) AND,
TRAN USE CICSID(B1) HDR1(-B1-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE CICSID(B1)PCT HDR1(-B1-) HDR2(% USE)
EACH DAY
FROM 12/08/10
TO 12/09/10
END
RUN

This command generates the following report:

-TOTAL- -A1- -A1- -B1- -B1-

DATE TRAN USE TRAN USE % USE TRAN USE % USE
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
12/08/10 518 150 29.0 368 71.0
12/09/10 6881 1393 20.2 5488 79.8
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 7399 1543 20.9 5856 79.1
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 7: ID Options 179

Generate a Plot Report Using Variables

Generate a Plot Report Using Variables

The following commands illustrate using an ID option with a variable to generate a plot
report that shows the response time for terminal L310:

To generate a plot report using ID Options with a variable

1. Enter the following commands: illustrate using an ID option with a variable to
generate a plot report that shows the response time for terminal L310:
PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(L310)
END
RUN

2. Run the report.

These commands generate a report like the following. Along with the response time
for terminal L310, the response time for all terminals is plotted, allowing you to
compare the performance of terminal L310 to the performance of the rest of the
terminals in the system.

0 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.070 0.080 0.090 0.100 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
03/03/10 08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-------------------------------------------- . . . 0.031 0.075
09.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX------. . . . 0.063 0.069
10.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX------ 0.094 0.100
11.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . 0.082 0.087
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX--------------- . . 0.067 0.082
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.070 0.080 0.090 0.100 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TERMINAL RESPONSE TIME IN SECONDS. “-” = GLOBAL TERMINAL RESPONSE TIME IN SECONDS.

180 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables

Generate a Tab Report Using Commands and Variables

A single Report Writer command can include more than one ID option. You can specify
an ID option with the command plus specify ID options with one or more of the
variables included in the command.

To generate a tab report

1. Specify the TAB command with the ID option TRANID:
This ID option organizes the report by transaction ID.
2. In addition, specify one of the variables with the ID option and identifier
TRANID(CINQ)
This ID option restricts the range of that variable to the transaction CINQ.
TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFETIME AND,
TRAN MAXLIFETIME AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ) HDR1( TRAN USE ) HDR2(FOR TRAN “CINQ”)
FROM 03/05/10 08:00:00
TO 03/05/10 12:00:00
END
RUN

3. Run the report

A report similar to the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN MAX TRAN TRAN USE

ID USE LIFETIME LIFETIME FOR TRAN “CINQ”
-------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------
CINQ 1081 0.764 102.5 1081
CMAS 651 1.580 115.2 0
PINQ 651 0.564 53.06 0
IINQ 365 0.443 67.73 0
-------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------
SUMMARY 2748 0.867 102.5 1081
-------- -------- --------- -------- ----------------

Note: The last column of the report has only one nonzero entry. Since this report is
organized by the ID option TRANID, each row in the report shows information about
only the transaction listed in the first column. Because the last column of the preceding
report represents the use of transaction CINQ only, only the detail line for transaction
CINQ has a nonzero value in the last column.

Chapter 7: ID Options 181

Identifiers

Identifiers
Identifiers specify particular resources of the type determined by the ID option. The
effect of specifying an identifier depends on whether the ID option the identifier is used
with is specified with a command or with a variable.
■ If an ID option is used with a command, specifying identifiers restricts the report to
information about the particular resources specified.
■ If an ID option is used with a variable, specifying identifiers restricts the range of the
variable to the particular resources specified.

Note: To see the identifiers that are valid with each ID option, see the table beginning in
ID Options for MVS (see page 170) in this chapter.

Types of Identifiers
Identifiers can specify one of the following:
■ An individual resource of the type determined by the ID option. For example, the ID
option USERID can be followed by an identifier that names a specific user; that is, a
user ID.
■ A group of resources of the type determined by the ID option. You can specify more
than one resource in two ways:
– You can list several individual resources separated by commas.
– You can specify one or more groups of resources using generic characters, as
explained in the following section. For example, the ID option TERMID can be
followed by an identifier that specifies the group of terminals with IDs that
begin with the letter C.

Generic Characters in Identifiers

Identifiers can contain the following generic characters to report on groups of
resources:
■ A plus sign (+) tells the Report Writer not to compare that position in the identifier.
A place in an identifier filled in with the plus sign (+) is always a match.
■ An asterisk (*) tells the Report Writer that all places after and including the asterisk
are matches.
■ A not sign (¬) tells the Report Writer to exclude the identifier that follows it. You
can use the generic characters * and + when specifying the identifier to be
excluded.

182 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 How Format Identifiers Work

Example: Generic Characters Used in Identifiers

The following GRAF command produces a report on terminal use for only certain
transactions:

GRAF TRANID(C*,¬C100, S104) TERMINAL USE

In this example, the ID option TRANID is specified with three identifiers, C*, ¬C100, and
S104. The identifier C* includes all transactions starting with C. The identifier ¬C100
excludes the transaction C100. The identifier S104 includes the transaction S104.
Therefore, this GRAF command generates a report showing terminal use for
transactions starting with C except transaction C100, and for the transaction S104.

Specify Identifiers in Hexadecimal

Identifiers can be specified in their hexadecimal representation by placing the
hexadecimal value inside single quotes.

The following two commands generate the same report, a report on only those
transactions with IDs beginning with EXP:

TAB TRANID(EXP*) CICS TRAN USE

END
TAB TRANID('C5E7D7'*) CICS TRAN USE
END

How Format Identifiers Work

In some situations, you may want to change the way identifiers are printed. You can do
this in two ways:
■ You can use the FORMAT option to limit the number of characters printed for each
identifier.
■ You can use the DEFINE command to define new identifiers or redefine existing
identifiers.

Each of these methods is explained in more detail in the following sections.

Chapter 7: ID Options 183

How Format Identifiers Work

Limit the Number of Characters Printed

You can use the FORMAT option to limit the number of characters printed for each
identifier. Truncation of the identifier names is done just before printing. Therefore,
even if two identifiers are identical after truncation, their data will not be combined in
the report.

For a complete description of the FORMAT option and its full syntax, see the chapter
“Variable Options.”

The FORMAT option when used with ID options has the following syntax:

idoption FORMAT(nC)

n
Specifies the number of characters to appear in the output. For example,
FORMAT(4C) indicates an output of four characters. There is no limit on the value of
n.

Examples: With and Without the Format Option

■ Sample report without the format option.
The user IDs in this report could be shortened using the FORMAT option, saving
enough column space to include another variable. Suppose your user IDs are eight
characters long, a portion of a report on users might look like this:

USER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN PROG PROG TERM
ID USE ABENDS CPU TCPU LIFE MAX LIFE STOR WAITS USE ABENDS WRITES
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
AALBERTS 4 0 0.024 0.097 0.233 0.749 8934 3 16 0 5
AANDERSO 3 0 0.016 0.049 0.110 0.262 11872 3 15 0 4
ABROWN 9 2 0.070 0.630 83.11 370.5 8150 4 51 2 14
ABROWNIN 63 0 0.037 2.321 1.917 19.00 7665 5 198 0 44
ACHRISTI 3 1 0.082 0.247 123.7 370.8 11125 5 18 1 5
AKENNEDY 19 0 0.166 3.150 20.43 347.5 34520 41 61 0 16
ALEWIS 4 0 0.859 3.437 6.840 13.18 116K 13 176 0 4
APETERSO 12 0 0.080 0.961 0.240 0.472 22526 6 66 0 32
BAUSTEN 48 1 0.109 5.245 16.79 715.1 37487 10 304 1 56
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

■ Sample report with the FORMAT option

The following commands are similar to those used to generate the above report,
but they include the option FORMAT(4C) and the additional variable TERM RESP:
TAB USERID FORMAT(4C) FOR 10 SORT ALPHA,
TRAN USE AND TRAN ABENDS AND,
TRAN CPU AND TRAN TCPU AND,
TRAN LIFE AND TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TRAN STOR AND TRAN WAITS AND,
PROGRAM USE AND PROGRAM ABENDS AND,
TERM USE AND TERM RESP
END
RUN

184 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 How Format Identifiers Work

The above commands produce a report like the following:

USER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN PROG PROG TERM TERM
ID USE ABENDS CPU TCPU LIFE MAX LIFE STOR WAITS USE ABENDS WRITES RESP
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------
AALB 4 0 0.024 0.097 0.233 0.749 8934 3 16 0 5 0.179
AAND 3 0 0.016 0.049 0.110 0.262 11872 3 15 0 4 0.075
ABRO 9 2 0.070 0.630 83.11 370.5 8150 4 51 2 14 0.213
ABRO 63 0 0.037 2.321 1.917 19.00 7665 5 198 0 44 0.344
ACHR 3 1 0.082 0.247 123.7 370.8 11125 5 18 1 5 0.218
AKEN 19 0 0.166 3.150 20.43 347.5 34520 41 61 0 16 1.467
ALEW 4 0 0.859 3.437 6.840 13.18 116K 13 176 0 4 6.840
APET 12 0 0.080 0.961 0.240 0.472 22526 6 66 0 32 0.072
BAUS 48 1 0.109 5.245 16.79 715.1 37487 10 304 1 56 1.499
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Note: In the report, the user ID ABRO appears twice in the first column. This is because
the first four characters of two user IDs were the same.

Define New or Redefine Existing Identifiers

Use the DEFINE command to define new identifiers, redefine existing identifiers, or
define new variables.

For a complete description of the DEFINE command and its full syntax, see the chapter
“Commands.”

Using the DEFINE Command Versus the FORMAT Option

You should use care when using the DEFINE command to create shortened forms of
identifiers because, unlike the FORMAT option, the DEFINE command can merge data
about different identifiers. For instance, the DEFINE command could be used to redefine
the ID option USERID to be the first four characters of the user ID. If this command had
been used in Examples: With and Without the Format Option instead of the FORMAT
option, the data for ABROWN and ABROWNING would have been merged, since both
user IDs would have been redefined to the same value, ABRO.

However, the DEFINE command offers more flexibility than the FORMAT option. For
example, while the FORMAT option allows you to truncate identifiers and retain the first
characters, the DEFINE command allows you to select any portion of the identifiers. For
instance, in Examples: With and Without the Format Option, the ID option USERID could
have been redefined to a length of four characters beginning with the second character
rather than with the first.

Chapter 7: ID Options 185

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports
This section contains the following topics:
About Tabular Reports (see page 187)
TAB Command (see page 188)
Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources (see page 188)
Specify Variables (see page 192)
Variable Options (see page 196)
Limit the Contents of a Report (see page 200)
How Report Sorting Works (see page 204)
Use Other Commands with the TAB Command (see page 207)
TAB2 Command (see page 215)

About Tabular Reports

Tabular reports organize data into rows and vertical columns. Labels or keys at the
beginning of each row describe what the data in the line represents-a time period or a
particular resource, such as a transaction, terminal, or user. Headings at the top of each
column describe a variable; the value of that variable for each time period or resource
appears in that column.

You should be familiar with the following:

■ Report Writer commands
■ Report Writer variables and lists of the ID options to use with each class of variable
■ ID options and their use with commands and variables

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

ID Options (see page 163)
Variable Options (see page 153)

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 187

TAB Command

TAB Command
Use the TAB command to produce tabular reports. The variables you specify with the
TAB command determine the columns in your report and the order in which they
appear.

The operands you specify determine:

■ How the report is organized: by date or time, by resource type or individual
resources (such as transactions, terminals, or users), or by both
■ How the report is sorted
■ The column headings that appear in the report

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

You can organize tabular reports by date and time, by a type of resource, or by both.
Examples of each of these types of organization are provided in the following sections.

Reports Organized by Date and Time Using Tab Operands

You can use the following TAB command operands to organize reports by date, time, or
day of the week.
■ DATETIME-Sets the date and time
■ DATE-Sets the date
■ TIME- Sets the time
■ DAY- Sets the day of the week

188 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

DATETIME Operand—Organize by Date and Time

Use the DATETIME operand to create tabular reports organized by date and time.

Syntax to create a tabular report displaying transaction use, transaction lifetime, and
maximum transaction lifetime:

TAB DATETIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated where the date is the same for each row in the
report:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

DATE TIME USE LIFE MAX LIFE
-------- ----- -------- -------- -----------------
12/08/08 10.00 18 213.3 912.3
12/08/08 11.00 63 280.0 2980
12/08/08 12.00 39 515.7 5508
12/08/08 13.00 120 124.9 912.5
12/08/08 14.00 20 729.7 912.8
12/08/08 15.00 20 729.8 912.6
12/08/08 16.00 22 663.4 912.8
12/08/08 17.00 22 580.7 913.0
-------- ----- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 324 349.2 5508
-------- ----- -------- -------- --------

TIME Operand—Organize by Time

Use the TIME operand to create tabular reports organized by time.

To eliminate the date, use the TIME operand instead of the DATETIME operand, as
follows:

TAB TIME TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 189

Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN

TIME USE LIFE MAX LIFE
----- -------- -------- --------
10.00 18 213.3 912.3
11.00 63 280.0 2980
12.00 39 515.7 5508
13.00 120 124.9 912.5
14.00 20 729.7 912.8
15.00 20 729.8 912.6
16.00 22 663.4 912.8
17.00 22 580.7 913.0
----- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 324 349.2 5508
----- -------- -------- --------

DATE Operand—Organize by Date

Use the DATE operand to create tabular reports organized by date.

To create a report organized by date, use the following commands:

TAB DATE TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
END
RUN

DAY Operand—Organize by the Day of the Week

Use the DAY operand to create tabular reports organized by the day of the week
(Monday, Tuesday, and so on).

The following commands create a report in which data is organized by day:

TAB DAY TRAN USE AND,

TRAN ABENDS AND,

TRAN CPU AND.
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
END
RUN

190 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Reports Organized by Time and Date or by Resources

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

WEEKDAY USE ABENDS CPU LIFE MAX LIFE
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
FRIDAY 59 1 25.29 778.8 4529
SATURDAY 1226 60 0.208 221.3 43995
SUNDAY 518 3 0.392 638.9 46487
MONDAY 6881 77 0.515 16.13 4036
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 8684 141 0.633 87.43 46487
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Organize a Report by Resource Using an ID Option

You can organize tabular reports by a type of resource, such as transactions or

terminals, or by individual resources within a type. Specify an ID option with or without
identifiers following the TAB command and preceding any variables. Identifiers are
listed in the first column, in descending order of the value of the first variable specified.
For more about sorting reports, see How Report Sorting Works (see page 204) in this
chapter.

The following example uses the same commands as in the example DATETIME Operand
except that the ID option TRANID replaces the DATETIME operand. This causes the
resulting report to be organized by transaction rather than by date and time.

TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE MAX LIFE
-------- -------- -------- --------
PSPI 97 0.149 1.060
TCP 57 912.2 913.0
.
.
.
VGBR 1 0.371 0.371
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 324 349.2 5508
-------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 191

Specify Variables

Organize by Date, Time, or Both and Resource

You can specify both an ID option and either the DATETIME, DATE, TIME, or DAY
operand to create a more detailed tabular report.

The following commands generate a report organized by both time and transaction. The
FOR operand, described in FOR Operand-Limit the Identifiers Included in a Report (see
page 201) in this chapter limits the report to the five most active transactions during
each interval.

TAB TIME TRANID FOR 5,

TRAN USE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
DATASET USE
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 12:00:00
TO 12/08/08 15:00:00
END
RUN

Specify Variables
You can specify multiple variables with the TAB command. The resulting report includes
a column of data for each variable specified, in the order in which the variables are
specified.

ID Options Specified with the TAB Command

If you do not specify an ID option with the TAB command, there are no restrictions on
the variables included in the command.

If you specify an ID option with the TAB command, the type of resource associated with
the ID option organizes the resulting report. Accordingly, you can then use only
variables that apply to that type of resource. For example, you cannot create reports
showing transaction activity by data set, program, or transient data.

This does not mean, however, that you cannot use variables of different classes within a
report organized by a type of resource. A report organized by terminal, for example, can
include PROGRAM or TRANSACTION variables (among others), since these apply to
terminal activity.

For a list of the variable classes that you can use with each ID option, see the table at
the beginning of the chapter “ID Options.”

192 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Specify Variables

Include CICS and MVS Variables

You can produce tabular reports containing data on both CICS and MVS using any
combination of CICS and MVS variables, subject to the restrictions described in the
previous section.

To generate a report using data from both CICS and MVS, the following commands:

INPUT(TAPEIN)
TAB DATE MVS DISK SCH HDR1(DISK) HDR2(SIO COUNT) AND,
MVS DISK SCH RATE HDR1(DISK) HDR2(SIO RATE) AND,
MVS DISK SERVTIME AND,
MVS DISK SERVTIME MAX HDR1(MAX) HDR2(TIME) AND,
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE
EACH 1 DAY
FROM 01/16/08
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

DISK DISK SERVICE MAX TRAN TRAN

DATE SIO COUNT SIO RATE TIME SERVTIME USE LIFETIME
-------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
01/16/08 2,156 0.02 0.023 0.093 154 1.218
01/17/08 170,270 1.97 0.023 0.244 461 0.822
01/18/08 74,139 2.42 0.018 0.069 223 0.761
-------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 246,565 0.53 0.022 0.244 838 0.878
-------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Use ID Options with Variables

To limit the range of a variable to a specific resource or group of resources, specify an ID
option and one or more identifiers following the variable. The use of ID options with
variables is explained in detail in the chapter “ID Options.”

Note: Not all ID options can be used with all variables. For information about which ID
options you can use with each variable class, see the description of the variable class in
the chapter “Variables.”

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 193

Specify Variables

This example uses the ID option JOBNAME to generate a single report containing
information about two systems:

EACH 1 DAY
TAB DATE TRAN USE HDR1(-TOTAL-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TERM RESP HDR1(-TOTAL-) HDR2(TERMRESP) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS1) HDR1(-CICS1-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS1) PCT HDR1(-CICS1-) HDR2(%USE) AND,
TERM RESP JOBNAME(CICS1) HDR1(-CICS1-) HDR2(TERMRESP) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS2) HDR1(-CICS2-) HDR2(TRAN USE) AND,
TRAN USE JOBNAME(CICS2) PCT HDR1(-CICS2-) HDR2(%USE) AND,
TERM RESP JOBNAME(CICS2) HDR1(-CICS2-) HDR2(TERMRESP)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

-TOTAL- -TOTAL- -CICS1- -CICS1- -CICS1- -CICS2- -CICS2- -CICS2-

DATE TRAN USE TERMRESP TRAN USE %USE TERMRESP TRAN USE %USE TERMRESP
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
02/01/08 1134 2.342 761 67.1 1.445 307 27.1 4.844
02/08/08 2067 1.047 693 33.5 0.762 723 35.0 1.221
02/08/08 1893 1.758 730 38.6 1.942 463 24.5 2.008
02/04/08 1872 1.039 790 42.2 1.126 484 25.9 0.901
02/05/08 1061 0.772 665 62.7 0.794 143 13.5 1.066
02/06/08 1297 1.526 350 27.0 1.420 271 20.9 3.054
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
PERIOD 9324 1.602 3989 39.8 1.443 2391 24.7 2.280
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------

Changing Column Headings

Each variable is assigned an abbreviation that is used by default as the heading for
columns containing data about the variable. You can use the HDR1 and HDR2 operands
to replace the top and bottom lines of the heading, respectively.

Changing headings is especially useful if you are do one of the following:

■ Change the type of data that a variable represents (for example, from a count to a
rate). For an example, see the example in RATE OPTION-Display a Rate Instead of a
Count (see page 200) in this chapter.
■ Use an ID option and identifiers to restrict the scope of a variable to particular
resources, as shown in the example below.
■ Need to shorten the column headings to gain space.

There are no restrictions on the characters used in a heading.

194 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Specify Variables

Sample Commands

The variable TRAN USE is specified twice in the following example. By default, the
column created for each occurrence of this variable would have the heading TRAN USE.
Since the second occurrence of the variable applies only to the transaction PSPI, the
HDR1 and HDR2 operands are included to create the heading TRAN USE FOR TRAN
“PSPI” above the column for this variable.

TAB TIME TRAN USE AND.

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(PSPI) HDR1(TRAN USE) HDR2(FOR TRAN “PSPI”)
EACH HOUR
FROM 12/08/08 12:00:00
TO 12/08/08 16:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN USE

TIME USE LIFE MAX LIFE FOR TRAN “PSPI”
----- -------- -------- -------- ---------------
12.00 39 515.7 5508 8
13.00 120 124.9 912.5 84
14.00 20 729.7 912.8 0
15.00 20 729.8 912.6 0
----- -------- -------- -------- ---------------
PERIOD 101 323.0 5508 92
----- -------- -------- -------- ---------------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 195

Variable Options

Variable Options
You can use any of the variable options described in the chapter “Variable Options” with
the TAB command. Also, following four variable options can be used only with the TAB
command. Note the links where you can find examples for using these options.
DIFF
In a tabular report organized by time or date, use this option to create a column
displaying the percentage of change in the value of a variable between time
intervals. For an example see DIFF Option-Percentage of Change Between Time
Intervals (see page 197) in this chapter.
RANGE
Use this option for a report to test range criteria that is applied after all data is read
and just before a report is printed. For an example, see Use the RANGE Option (see
page 210) in this chapter. Also see information on the RANGE command in How the
RANGE Command Specifies Ranges (see page 208) in this chapter.
RIGHT
Use this option to shift the column for a variable to the right. For an example, see
RIGHT Option-Shift the Column for a Variable to the Right (see page 199) in this
chapter.
SELECT
Use this option to apply to a variable the period specified with an INCLUDE or
EXCLUDE command. For an example, see SELECT Option-Specify a Time Period for a
Variable (see page 198) in this chapter.

An example using the RATE option is shown in RATE OPTION-Display a Rate Instead of a
Count (see page 200) in this chapter. This option is used with a variable that normally
displays a count, but in this instance, displays the rate for the variable instead.

196 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Variable Options

DIFF Option—Percentage of Change Between Time Intervals

In tabular reports organized by time or date, you can use the DIFF option to create a
column displaying the percentage of change in the value of a variable between each
time interval. The percentage of change is calculated with the following formula:

((current value - previous value)/previous value)*100

DIFF command has the following syntax:

DIFF

The following commands use the DIFF option to display the percentage of change of
transaction usage. Note that the HDR2 option assigns an appropriate column heading.

EACH 1 DAY
TAB DATE TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE DIFF HDR2(%CHANGE)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN
DATE USE %CHANGE
-------- ---------- ----------
01/08/08 15,765
01/08/08 22,165 +40.5%
01/04/08 66,374 +199.4%
01/05/08 91,302 +37.5%
01/06/08 2,535 -97.2%
01/07/08 2,123 -16.2%
-------- --------- ----------
PERIOD 200,264
-------- --------- ----------

The difference between the number of transactions executed in the first interval and
the second interval is 6400 (22,165 - 15,765), a 40.5% increase (6400 / 15,765 = 40.5%).

RANGE Option—Test Range Criteria

Use the RANGE option for a report to test range criteria that is applied after all data is
read and just before a report is printed. The RANGE variable option is best explained in
conjunction with the RANGE DEFERRED command, which has the same result. For an
example, see Use the RANGE Option (see page 210) in this chapter.

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 197

Variable Options

SELECT Option—Specify a Time Period for a Variable

Use the SELECT option to apply to a particular variable the period specified with an
INCLUDE or EXCLUDE command.

The SELECT option has the following syntax:

SELECT(name)

name
Must match the name operand of the ID operand for the INCLUDE or EXCLUDE
command that specifies the time period you want to apply to the variable.

Example: Sample Commands

The following example assigns the values of 1STSHIFT, 2NDSHIFT, and 3RDSHIFT to the
name operands of the INCLUDE and SELECT commands. Each associated time period
from the INCLUDE command is applied to the variable.

INCLUDE 08.00.00 - 15.59.59 ID 1STSHIFT

INCLUDE 16.00.00 - 23.59.59 ID 2NDSHIFT
INCLUDE 00.00.00 - 07.59.59 ID 3RDSHIFT
EACH 1 DAY
TAB DAY DATE TRAN USE HDR1(TOTAL) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN USE SELECT(1STSHIFT) HDR1(1ST SHIFT) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN USE SELECT(2NDSHIFT) HDR1(2ND SHIFT) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN USE SELECT(3RDSHIFT) HDR1(3RD SHIFT) HDR2(USAGE) AND,
TRAN LIFE HDR1(AVG) HDR2(LIFETIME) AND,
TRAN LIFE SELECT(1STSHIFT) HDR1(1ST SHIFT) HDR2(LIFETIME) AND,
TRAN LIFE SELECT(2NDSHIFT) HDR1(2ND SHIFT) HDR2(LIFETIME) AND,
TRAN LIFE SELECT(3RDSHIFT) HDR1(3RD SHIFT) HDR2(LIFETIME)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TOTAL 1ST SHIFT 2ND SHIFT 3RD SHIFT AVG 1ST SHIFT 2ND SHIFT 3RD SHIFT
WEEKDAY DATE USAGE USAGE USAGE USAGE LIFETIME LIFETIME LIFETIME LIFETIME
--------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ -------- --------- --------- --------
Friday 03/12/08 962 623 270 69 139.2 89.60 214.9 290.8
Saturday 03/13/08 417 199 18 200 288.7 290.3 270.3 288.8
Sunday 03/14/08 42 42 279.3 279.3
Monday 03/15/08 365 175 190 287.4 272.9 300.8
--------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ -------- --------- --------- --------
PERIOD 1786 997 330 459 207.7 161.8 226.1 294.1
--------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ -------- --------- --------- ------

198 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Variable Options

RIGHT Option—Shift the Column for a Variable to the Right

Use the RIGHT option to shift the column for a variable to the right. The entire column,
including the headings, is shifted.

The RIGHT option has the following syntax:

RIGHT(n)

n
Indicates the number of print columns (spaces) the column is to be shifted to the
right.

Example: Sample Commands

In the following example, the RIGHT variable option is specified with the variable TRAN
USE to shift the column to the right so that it appears under the first heading specified
with the HEADER command.

HEADER(20,24) ---------TOTAL----------
HEADER(47,26) -------TRAN CSSN--------
TAB DAY TRAN USE RIGHT(8) AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(CSSN) AND,
TRAN LIFE TRANID(CSSN) AND,
TRAN CPU TRANID(CSSN)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY
PERIOD NONE ---------TOTAL---------- -------TRAN CSSN--------
TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
WEEKDAY USE LIFE CPU USE LIFE CPU
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Thursday 1258 205.1 0.032 129 8.756 0.010
Friday 369 175.3 0.028 66 1.773 0.011
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
PERIOD 1627 198.3 0.031 195 6.393 0.011
--------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 199

Limit the Contents of a Report

RATE OPTION—Display a Rate Instead of a Count

Use the RATE option with a variable that normally displays a count to display the rate
for that variable.

Example: Sample Commands

The following commands produce a report that displays the transaction usage of all
active transactions by transaction ID. The RATE option is used to give the transaction
rate (number per second) as well.

EACH 1 DAY
TAB DATE TRAN USE TRANID(CINQ) HDR1(CINQ) HDR2(USE) AND,
TRAN USE DIFF TRANID(CINQ) HDR1(CINQ) HDR2(%CHANGE) AND,
TRAN USE RATE TRANID(CINQ) HDR1(CINQ) HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN USE TRANID(PINQ) HDR1(PINQ) HDR2(USE) AND,
TRAN USE DIFF TRANID(PINQ) HDR1(PINQ) HDR2(%CHANGE) AND,
TRAN USE RATE TRANID(PINQ) HDR1(PINQ) HDR2(RATE)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

- CINQ CINQ CINQ PINQ PINQ PINQ

- DATE USE %CHANGE RATE USE %CHANGE RATE
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------- -------- ------
01/08/08 2,978 0.03 12,778 0.15
01/08/08 5,304 +78.1% 0.06 16,861 +31.9% 0.20
01/04/08 30,734 +479.4% 0.36 35,452 +110.2% 0.41
01/05/08 38,711 +25.9% 0.45 52,322 +47.5% 0.61
01/06/08 2,113 -94.5% 0.02 395 -99.2% 0.00
01/07/08 417 -80.2% 0.01 1,610 +307.5% 0.02
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------- -------- ------
PERIOD 80,257 0.16 119,418 0.24
-------- -------- -------- ------ -------- -------- ------

This report shows that in the 86,400 seconds on 01/08/08, transaction CINQ was
executed 2978 times, which is a rate of 0.03 times per second.

Limit the Contents of a Report

The following sections describe different ways of limiting the contents of reports.

200 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Limit the Contents of a Report

Limit the Resources Included in a Report

You can limit a report to a subset of a resource type by specifying one or more
identifiers with an ID option used with the TAB command.

Example: Sample Commands

The following commands include the ID option TERMID and the identifier 0A++ to
display data about all 0A terminals:

TAB TERMID(0A++) TERM RESP AND,

TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

FOR Operand—Limit the Identifiers Included in a Report

Use the FOR operand to limit the number of identifiers included in a report. Add the
operand FOR 5 to the commands used in the preceding example to limit the report to
just those five 0A terminals with the highest response times, as follows:

TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 TERM RESP AND,

TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A0E 0.793 2.686 59
0A12 0.226 1.477 401
0A14 0.210 4.747 31
0A19 0.202 144.2 80
0A02 0.194 10.71 115
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 0.220 19.92 686
-------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 201

Limit the Contents of a Report

FOR Operand—Limit Reports Organized by Time and Date

To limit reports organized by time and date, use the FOR operand. The time periods
included in the report are those with the highest value for the variable that the FOR
operand is specified with.

The following commands produce a report limited to the five times with the highest
values for the variable:

TAB DATETIME TRAN USE FOR 5

EACH 1 HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN
DATE TIME USE
-------- ----- --------
02/22/08 03.00 42
02/22/08 04.00 19
02/22/08 06.00 29
02/22/08 11.00 16
02/22/08 15.00 20
-------- ----- --------
PERIOD 126
-------- ----- --------

TOP and BOTTOM Operands—Limit Reports

The TOP and BOTTOM operands, like the FOR operand, limit reports organized by
identifier to the number of identifiers specified. However, while the FOR operand tests
identifiers only after all the data has been read and processed, the TOP and BOTTOM
operands cause the Report Writer to test each record as it is read and discard records
that do not qualify, saving storage. The TOP and BOTTOM operands are particularly
appropriate for ID options with many unique identifiers, such as TRANNUM.

Example: Sample Commands

■ The following commands create a report on the five transactions with the highest
terminal response times. Processing similar commands using the FOR operand
instead of the TOP operand would require much more storage.
TAB TRANNUM TOP 5 TERM RESP AND TRAN TCPU
END
RUN

202 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Limit the Contents of a Report

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TERM TRAN

NUMBER RESP TCPU
-------- -------- --------
0005671 38.82 5.740
0000276 28.19 0.007
0000794 24.26 0.059
0000027 21.65 0.065
0001157 16.20 0.654
-------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 25.56 6.525
-------- -------- --------

■ The following commands create a report on the 30 transactions with the shortest
lifetimes. The FORMAT variable option is used to increase the number of digits in
the output.
TAB TRANNUM TRAN LIFE FORMAT(N.NNNNNNN) BOTTOM 30
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN
NUMBER LIFE
-------- ---------
0000080 0.0056320
0000037 0.0058880
0000775 0.0061440
.
.
.
0000102 0.0076800
-------- ---------
SUMMARY 0.0071680
-------- ---------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 203

How Report Sorting Works

How Report Sorting Works

Sorting reports lets you customize the resulting report.

To sort reports, consider the following default sorting process:

1. Tabular reports are sorted from left to right with respect to the variable values, in
descending order.
2. The leftmost variable is considered first; if the value is the same for two entries, the
variable to the right is considered.
3. This continues until variable values differ.

Example: Commands to Sort a Report

TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 TERM RESP AND,

TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

This example produces the following report. The terminal 0A0E had the highest
response time, so it is listed first. Terminals 0A14 and 0A12 have the same response
time, but 0A14 had a higher I/O time, so it precedes 0A12 in the report:

TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A0E 0.793 2.686 59
0A14 0.226 4.747 31
0A12 0.226 1.477 401
0A19 0.202 144.2 80
0A02 0.194 10.71 115
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 0.220 19.92 686
-------- -------- -------- --------

204 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 How Report Sorting Works

Sort Reports by Different Keys

To sort columns by different keys, you must alter the order of the columns.

To create a report similar to the preceding one but showing the five terminals using the
most transactions rather than the five with the highest response times, move the
variable TRAN USE so that it is the first variable in the TAB command, as follows:

TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 TRAN USE AND,

TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TERM TRAN TERM TRAN

ID USE RESP TMIO
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A12 401 0.226 1.477
0A09 180 0.064 8.602
0A02 115 0.194 10.71
0A19 80 0.202 144.2
0A0E 59 0.793 2.686
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 835 0.197 18.05
-------- -------- -------- --------

SORT ASCENDING Operand—Sort in Ascending Order

To sort reports in ascending order, add the SORT ASCENDING operand to the TAB
command.

Example: Sample Commands and Reports

■ The following commands produce a report sorted so that the five terminals using
the fewest transactions are listed in ascending order of transaction use:
TAB TERMID(0A++) FOR 5 SORT ASCENDING,
TRAN USE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 205

How Report Sorting Works

A report like the following is generated:

TERM TRAN TERM TRAN

ID USE RESP TMIO
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A04 3 0.038 0.004
0A18 6 0.103 0.002
0A0F 6 0.172 34.89
0A11 13 0.158 0.719
0A08 23 0.082 1.970
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 51 0.109 5.177
-------- -------- -------- --------

■ You can specify the SORT operand with a variable other than the first variable. For
example, the following commands generate a report sorted by transaction use, the
third variable specified:
TAB TRANID TRAN TCPU AND,
TRAN USE SORT ASCENDING
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID CPU USE
-------- -------- --------
RAPP 0.098 2
PINV 1.486 2
PADI 0.350 2
SPAM 0.132 3
RAPL 0.011 4
CSSN 0.071 8
CSGM 0.007 8
CATD 0.105 9
JJJ 0.221 10
CSPQ 0.113 10
VGBC 0.055 13
POSS 0.035 37
PSPI 0.097 43
KCP 7.581 45
TCP 0.572 46
CSNE 0.010 49
X25T 0.132 57
-------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 1.123 348
-------- -------- --------

206 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

Sort Reports by Identifier

To have your reports sorted by the identifier, add the SORT ALPHA operand to the TAB
command.

The following commands generate a report sorted alphanumerically by transaction ID:

TAB TRANID FOR 20 SORT ALPHA,

TRAN LIFE AND TRAN USE AND TRAN MAXLIFE
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID LIFE USE MAX LIFE
-------- -------- -------- --------
BOAG 14.22 4 27.86
BOEF 35.32 2 58.14
BOEN 44.51 8 130.6
CATD 0.465 125 7.752
CEMT 60.92 4 218.6
CHAI 0.193 160 1.475
CHAT 0.190 24 0.802
CIRB 9.981 2 13.30
CRSQ 0.795 7 3.738
CSAC 0.066 25 0.647
CSDA 0.510 2 1.004

-------- -------- -------- --------

SUMMARY 77.15 1342 0.000
-------- -------- -------- --------

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

You can use the secondary commands to tailor tabular reports. For a description, see
the chapter “Commands.” Examples of the use of the following commands in tabular
reports are provided in the following sections:
■ RANGE
Note: You can use either the RANGE command or the RANGE option to restrict a
report to resources whose activity falls within a specified range. For a more detailed
explanation of the RANGE command, see the chapter “Commands.” Examples of its
use in tabular reports are given in the following sections. For a description of the
RANGE option, which is valid only for tabular reports, see Use the RANGE Option
(see page 210) in this chapter.
■ GROUP
■ COST

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 207

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

How the RANGE Command Specifies Ranges

The RANGE command tests range criteria either at the record level (immediate) or, by
specifying the DEFERRED operand, just prior to printing the report (deferred).

The RANGE command uses the following process to specify ranges:

1. Tests immediate range criteria before the record is processed.
2. If the range criteria are not met, discards the record for that particular report.
3. Deferred range criteria are not tested until all data is read.
4. Checks the range criteria just before each row is printed, and if any variable in the
row fails to meet its range criteria, the entire row is discarded.

Example 1: Immediate Range Criteria

This example produces a report about terminals. The RANGE command is specified
without the DEFERRED operand to exclude from the report any individual record for
which the value of TERM INPUTS is greater than 50.

TAB TERMID(0A++),
TERM INPUTS AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
RANGE TERM INPUTS 0-50
END
RUN

This example generates the following report:

TERM TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID READS RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
0A12 401 0.226 1.477 401
0A19 188 0.107 48.08 76
0A09 166 0.064 8.602 180
0A02 143 0.216 4.757 114
0A0E 57 0.793 2.686 59
0A0B 37 0.066 2.362 33
0A14 33 0.210 4.747 31
0A05 25 0.036 0.929 26
0A08 23 0.082 1.970 23
0A11 13 0.158 0.719 13
0A0F 10 0.172 34.89 6
0A18 5 0.103 0.002 6
0A04 2 0.038 0.004 3
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 1103 0.168 7.219 971
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------

208 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

Example 2: Deferred Range Criteria

In the preceding example, several terminals with a total number of inputs (“TERM
READS”) not in the specified range are included in the report. Because the RANGE
command was specified without the DEFERRED operand, the test of the number of
inputs was applied to each individual record, not to the total number of inputs for each
terminal. Although individual records with more than 50 inputs were excluded, the total
for a given terminal can exceed the range.

If instead of the preceding report you want a report on the terminals that had a total of
fewer than 50 inputs, you would use the same commands as those in the previous
example but specify the DEFERRED operand with the RANGE command. This causes the
Report Writer to apply the range criteria only after all the input data is read, enabling it
to determine whether each terminal had a total of fewer than 50 inputs.

The following sample uses the DEFERRED operand with the RANGE command:

TAB TERMID(0A++),
TERM INPUTS AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
RANGE TERM INPUTS 0-50 DEFERRED
END
RUN

This example generates the following report:

TERM TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID READS RESP TMIO USE
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
0A0B 37 0.066 2.362 33
0A14 33 0.210 4.747 31
0A05 25 0.036 0.929 26
0A08 23 0.082 1.970 23
0A11 13 0.158 0.719 13
0A0F 10 0.172 34.89 6
0A18 5 0.103 0.002 6
0A04 2 0.038 0.004 3
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 148 0.107 3.640 141
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 209

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

Use the RANGE Option

The RANGE option yields the same results as the RANGE command with the DEFERRED
operand.

The following commands generate the same report as the preceding commands but
include the RANGE option instead of the RANGE command:

TAB TERMID(0A++),
TERM INPUTS RANGE(0,50) AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USE
END
RUN

Define Groups of Resources Using the Group Command

Use the GROUP command to define groups of resources you want a report to be about.

Example: Sample Group Commands

This example uses the GROUP command to define groups by terminal ID with four
divisions defined. Since each group name begins with CO, the groups can be selected in
the tabular report by specifying TERMID(CO*).

GROUP TERMID CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION(L7*)

GROUP TERMID CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION(L4*)
GROUP TERMID CO.EASTERN.DIVISION(L2*)
GROUP TERMID CO.WESTERN.DIVISION(L1*)
TAB TERMID(CO*) HDR1(DEPARTMENT) HDR2(NAME),
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE RATE HDR2(RATE) AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TERM RESP AND,
FILE USE
END
RUN

210 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

A report like the following is generated:

DEPARTMENT TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM FILE

NAME USE RATE LIFE CPU RESP USE
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
CO.WESTERN.DIVISION 3472 0.02 4.599 0.094 0.360 16925
CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION 976 0.01 16.52 0.120 0.189 1080
CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION 728 0.00 4.770 0.073 0.106 289
CO.EASTERN.DIVISION 667 0.00 3.688 0.180 0.637 8032
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 5843 0.03 6.508 0.106 0.290 26326
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Define Groups by Values Within Specified Ranges

You can use the GROUP and RANGE commands together to produce a report on groups
of resources whose activity falls within different ranges.

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 211

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

Example: GROUP and RANGE Commands

The following example uses both the GROUP and RANGE commands to define 13 groups
of transactions in terms of their lifetimes:

GROUP TRANID RANGE:00.000-01.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE1)

GROUP TRANID RANGE:01.001-02.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE2)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:02.001-03.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE3)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:03.001-04.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE4)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:04.001-05.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE5)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:05.001-06.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE6)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:06.001-07.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE7)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:07.001-08.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE8)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:08.001-09.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE9)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:09.001-10.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE10)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:10.001-20.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE20)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:20.001-50.000(*) RANGE(TLIFE50)
GROUP TRANID RANGE:50.001+(*) RANGE(TLIFE50+)
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-1 ID TLIFE1
RANGE TRAN LIFE 1-2 ID TLIFE2
RANGE TRAN LIFE 2-3 ID TLIFE3
RANGE TRAN LIFE 3-4 ID TLIFE4
RANGE TRAN LIFE 4-5 ID TLIFE5
RANGE TRAN LIFE 5-6 ID TLIFE6
RANGE TRAN LIFE 6-7 ID TLIFE7
RANGE TRAN LIFE 7-8 ID TLIFE8
RANGE TRAN LIFE 8-9 ID TLIFE9
RANGE TRAN LIFE 9-10 ID TLIFE10
RANGE TRAN LIFE 10-20 ID TLIFE20
RANGE TRAN LIFE 20-50 ID TLIFE50
RANGE TRAN LIFE 50-99999 ID TLIFE50+
TAB TRANID(RANGE*) HDR1(TRAN LIFETIME) HDR2(RANGES),
SORT ALPHA,
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE PCT AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN MAXLIFE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN USERTIME AND,
TRAN CICSTIME
END
RUN

212 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN LIFETIME TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
RANGES USE % USE LIFE MAX LIFE RESP CPU I/O USER CICS
------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
RANGE:00.000-01.000 6981 80.4 0.207 0.999 0.170 0.052 0.053 0.000 0.000
RANGE:01.001-02.000 315 3.6 1.469 1.998 0.726 0.269 0.213 0.000 0.000
RANGE:02.001-03.000 140 1.6 2.502 2.993 1.006 0.356 0.200 0.000 0.000
RANGE:03.001-04.000 92 1.1 3.486 3.989 1.134 0.397 0.199 0.000 0.000
RANGE:04.001-05.000 55 0.6 4.417 4.928 1.380 0.499 0.367 0.000 0.000
RANGE:05.001-06.000 41 0.5 5.499 5.975 1.082 0.434 0.294 0.000 0.000
RANGE:06.001-07.000 40 0.5 6.401 6.847 1.295 0.377 0.092 0.000 0.000
RANGE:07.001-08.000 41 0.5 7.496 7.990 0.741 0.278 0.472 0.000 0.000
RANGE:08.001-09.000 12 0.1 8.545 8.950 0.700 0.419 0.074 0.000 0.000
RANGE:09.001-10.000 18 0.2 9.462 9.924 0.687 0.254 0.273 0.000 0.000
RANGE:10.001-20.000 217 2.5 15.80 19.95 0.445 0.232 0.055 0.000 0.000
RANGE:20.001-50.000 99 1.1 31.62 49.13 0.611 0.545 0.374 0.000 0.000
RANGE:50.001+ 633 7.3 1182 46487 0.259 7.542 0.243 0.000 0.000
------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
SUMMARY 8684 100.0 87.43 46487 0.275 0.633 0.086 0.000 0.000
------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------

Use the COST Command to Create Charge-Back Reports

To create charge-back reports, use the COST command with the TAB command.

For information about creating distributed cost reports, see the description of the COST
command in the chapter “Commands.”

Example: COST Commands

The COST commands in the following example cause one cent to be charged for every
transaction, 25 cents for every CPU second used, 1/10 cent per file request, and 1/2
cent per file add. The TAB command makes use of these cost factors, creating a tabular
report with a column showing the value of each variable for each transaction. The HDR1
and HDR2 operands assign those columns appropriate headings. The last variable,
REPORT COST TOTAL, creates a column that shows the sum of the costs for each row in
the report.

COST TRAN USE .01

COST TRAN CPU .25
TAB TRANID TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE COST HDR1(TRAN USE) HDR2(COST) AND,
TRAN CPU AND,
TRAN CPU COST HDR1(TRAN CPU) HDR2(COST) AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 213

Use Other Commands with the TAB Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN USE TRAN TRAN CPU TOTAL

ID USE COST CPU COST COST
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
X25T 57 $0.57 0.132 $1.88 $2.45
CSNE 49 $0.49 0.010 $0.12 $0.61
TCP 46 $0.46 0.572 $6.57 $7.03
KCP 45 $0.45 7.581 $85.28 $85.73
PSPI 43 $0.43 0.097 $1.04 $1.47
POSS 37 $0.37 0.035 $0.32 $0.69
VGBC 13 $0.13 0.055 $0.18 $0.31
JJJ 10 $0.10 0.221 $0.55 $0.65
CSPQ 10 $0.10 0.113 $0.28 $0.38
CATD 9 $0.09 0.105 $0.24 $0.33
CSSN 8 $0.08 0.071 $0.14 $0.22
CSGM 8 $0.08 0.007 $0.01 $0.09
RAPL 4 $0.04 0.011 $0.01 $0.05
SPAM 3 $0.03 0.132 $0.10 $0.13
PINV 2 $0.02 1.486 $0.74 $0.76
PADI 2 $0.02 0.350 $0.17 $0.19
RAPP 2 $0.02 0.098 $0.05 $0.07
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 348 $3.47 11.022 $ 97.68 $101.16
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- - ------

Create Charge-Back Reports Organized by Group

Use the COST command with the GROUP command to create charge-back reports
organized by groups.

Example: COST Command used with GROUP Command

The following commands use terminal IDs to define company divisions and list their
corresponding charges in the report:

GROUP TERMID CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION(L4*)

GROUP TERMID CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION(L3*)
GROUP TERMID CO.EASTERN.DIVISION(L2*)
GROUP TERMID CO.WESTERN.DIVISION(L1*)
COST TRAN USE .01
COST TRAN CPU .25
TAB TERMID(CO*) HDR1(DEPARTMENT) HDR2(NAME),
TRAN USE AND,
TRAN USE COST HDR2(COST) AND,
TRAN CPU COST HDR1(CPU) HDR2(COST) AND,
REPORT COST TOTAL
END
RUN

214 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 TAB2 Command

A report like the following is generated:

DEPARTMENT TRAN TRAN CPU TOTAL

NAME USE COST COST COST
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- -------
CO.WESTERN.DIVISION 4415 $44.15 $32.29 $76.44
CO.NORTHERN.DIVISION 2224 $22.24 $15.15 $37.39
CO.EASTERN.DIVISION 2035 $20.35 $15.79 $36.14
CO.SOUTHERN.DIVISION 2024 $20.24 $43.73 $63.97
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 10698 $106.98 $106.97 $213.94
-------------------- -------- -------- -------- --------

TAB2 Command
Use the TAB2 command to present more information about each resource reported
upon by the TAB command. You cannot use the TAB2 command without the TAB
command.

Limit TAB2 Report Use the FOR Operand

To limit the number of identifiers included in a report for each identifier listed by the
TAB command, use the FOR operand with the TAB2 command.

Example 1: TAB and TAB2 Commands

The following TAB and TAB2 commands create a report showing terminals and the five
transactions used the most by each:

TAB TERMID TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
TAB2 TRANID FOR 5 TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
END
RUN

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 215

TAB2 Command

A report like the following, shown in part, is generated:

TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE CPU ID USE LIFE CPU
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
WA19 65 1.943 0.037 CSPG 40 0.033 0.002
GLAE 23 5.193 0.098
CSSN 1 5.527 0.080
CSGM 1 0.037 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 65 1.943 0.037
-------- -------- -------- --------
4A93 53 18.37 0.116 WISB 51 19.01 0.121
CSSN 1 4.460 0.019
CSGM 1 0.012 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 53 18.37 0.116
-------- -------- -------- --------
BP3P 42 2.921 0.088 RAPP 42 2.921 0.088
0A0B 33 2.424 0.020 CSPG 18 0.022 0.002
PADI 14 5.683 0.044
CSGM 1 0.017 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 33 2.424 0.020
-------- -------- -------- --------
0A14 31 5.125 0.086 WISI 11 14.26 0.199
CHAI 11 0.071 0.022
PART 7 0.173 0.035
CSGM 2 0.015 0.002
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 31 5.125 0.086
-------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 8684 87.43 0.633 8684 87.43 0.633
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Example 2: FOR Operand with TAB and TAB2 Commands

The following example combines the FOR operand with both the TAB and TAB2
commands to create a table of transactions and the terminals associated with them:

TAB TRANID FOR 3 TRAN USE AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
TAB2 TERMID FOR 9 TRAN USE AND,
TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN CPU
END
RUN

216 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 TAB2 Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN

ID USE LIFE CPU ID USE LIFE CPU
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
FXFR 2482 0.361 0.072 F014 2482 0.361 0.072
PSPI 939 0.248 0.092 8A21 197 0.219 0.084
. F006 116 0.327 0.158
. 0A09 67 0.198 0.103
. 0A02 64 0.224 0.103
. 8A03 60 0.228 0.060
. 8A09 57 0.163 0.048
. F012 41 0.271 0.106
. 4A64 41 0.235 0.079
. 8A24 40 0.370 0.102
. -------- -------- -------- --------
. SUMMARY 683 1305 517.8
. -------- -------- -------- --------
CSNE 699 0.026 0.007 N/A 699 0.026 0.007
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 4120 0.279 0.066 8684 87.43 0.633
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Limit TAB2 Reports Using the TOP or BOTTOM Operand

The TOP and BOTTOM operands, like the FOR operand, limit reports organized by
identifier to the number of identifiers specified. However, while the FOR operand tests
identifiers only after all the data has been read and processed, the TOP and BOTTOM
operands cause the Report Writer to test each record as it is read and discard records
that do not qualify, saving storage. The TOP and BOTTOM operands are particularly
appropriate for ID options with many unique identifiers, such as TRANNUM.

Chapter 8: Tabular Reports 217

TAB2 Command

The TAB command in the following example creates a report on the terminal response
time of transactions. The TAB2 command shows the four transactions that had the
longest lifetimes for each terminal. Processing similar commands using the FOR operand
instead of the TOP operand would require much more storage.

TAB TERMID TERM RESP

TAB2 TRANNUM TRAN LIFE TOP 4
END
RUN

A report like the following, shown in part, is generated:

TERM TERM TRAN TRAN

ID RESP NUMBER LIFE
-------- -------- -------- --------
CNSL 2.149 0000020 13.30
. 0000019 0.016
. -------- --------
. SUMMARY 6.663
. -------- --------
ZA00 0.278 0000054 306.6
. 0000058 0.647
. 0000059 0.486
. 0000053 0.264
. -------- --------
. SUMMARY 77.01
. -------- --------
0A19 0.202 0000297 2390
. 0000613 2283
. 0000427 2209
. 0000229 1600
. -------- --------
. SUMMARY 2121
. -------- --------
. . . .
-------- -------- -------- --------
SUMMARY 0.275 4176
-------- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- --------

218 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 9: Plot Reports
This section contains the following topics:
What You Need to Know (see page 219)
PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report (see page 220)
PLOT2 Command—Plot Response Time (see page 225)
VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report (see page 227)
VPLOT2 Command—Create a Simple VPLOT2 Report (see page 232)
MPLOT Command—Used with One and Multiple Variables (see page 233)
HPLOT Command (see page 235)

What You Need to Know

This chapter describes and gives examples of how to generate plot reports using the
PLOT, PLOT2, VPLOT, VPLOT2, MPLOT, and HPLOT commands.

Plot reports plot the value of a variable for a group of resources either against time or
against another variable. Plot reports fall into three categories:
■ Horizontal plot reports, which are generated by the PLOT and PLOT2 commands,
plot a variable horizontally across time.
■ Vertical plot reports, which are generated by the VPLOT, VPLOT2, and MPLOT
commands, plot a variable vertically across time.
■ Distribution plot reports, which are generated by the HPLOT command used with
either the VPLOT or the MPLOT command, plot one variable on the vertical axis and
another on the horizontal axis.

You should be familiar with the following:

■ Report Writer commands
■ Descriptions of Report Writer variables and lists of the ID options you can use with
each class of variable
■ Descriptions of ID options and their use with commands and variables

More information:

Commands (see page 39)

ID Options (see page 163)
Variables (see page 105)

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 219

PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report

PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report

To create a simple plot report, use the PLOT command followed by a variable to be
plotted.

The following commands produce a plot of average terminal response time, with each
detail line representing an hour, for the morning of a single day:

PLOT TERM RESPONSETIME

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .-------------------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.206
02.00.00 .-------------------------------- . . . . . . . 0.106
03.00.00 .---------------------------------------. . . . . . . 0.128
04.00.00 .------------------------------------ . . . . . . . 0.120
05.00.00 .------------------------------------ . . . . . . . 0.120
06.00.00 .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0.332
07.00.00 .------------------------------------------------------------------------- . . . 0.242
08.00.00 .------------------------------------------------------------------------ . . . 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .-------------------------------------------------------- . . . . . 0.186
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
SYMBOLS: “X” = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME “-” = GLOBAL TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

220 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report

Plot the Variable Value for a Specified Resource

To plot the performance of one or more individual resources (such as transactions,
terminals, or operators), follow the variables to be plotted with an ID option together
with a list of one or more identifiers (such as terminal IDs or transaction IDs). You can
use generic characters to specify a group of identifiers.

Example: PLOT Command with Variable and ID option

The following PLOT command includes the variable TERM RESP, followed by the ID
option TERMID and the identifier 0A to produce a plot of the average response time of
terminals whose IDs begin with the characters 0A:

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A*)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXX-------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.040 0.206
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . . 0.090 0.106
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-. . . . . . . 0.125 0.128
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . . . . 0.083 0.120
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . . 0.104 0.120
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0.332 0.332
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX--------------- . . . 0.194 0.242
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . 0.240 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . . 0.151 0.186
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
SYMBOLS: “X” = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME “-” = GLOBAL TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

Along with the average response time of 0A terminals (plotted with Xs), the average
response time for all terminals is also plotted with hyphens, enabling you to easily
compare the two.

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 221

PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report

ALONE Operand—Exclude Global Values from a Plot

Use the ALONE operand to plot the activity of one or more identifiers without including
a plot of global activity in the report.

Suppose you want to plot the response time for 0A terminals, but you do not want to
plot the average response time for all terminals. You can use the same commands as in
the previous example but add the ALONE operand, as follows:

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A*) ALONE

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.040
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.090
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.125
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.083
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.104
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0.332
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . 0.194
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.151
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

222 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report

SCALE Operand—Change the Scale of a PLOT Report

By default, the highest value of a plot's scale equals the highest value reached by a
variable in the plot or, for variables representing percentages, 100%. Use the SCALE
operand to set your own scale.

If the variable you are plotting yields integer values, you can specify only an integer
value with the SCALE operand. If the variable yields real values, the scale you specify
must include a decimal point.

Example: PLOT Command with SCALE Operand

To change the maximum value of the scale used in the preceding example to 0.500
seconds, add the SCALE(0.500) operand, as follows:

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A*) ALONE SCALE(0.500)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.250 0.300 0.350 0.400 0.450 0.500 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.040
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.090
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.125
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.083
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.104
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.332
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . 0.194
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.240
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.151
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.250 0.300 0.350 0.400 0.450 0.500 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 223

PLOT Command—Create a Simple PLOT Report

CHARn Operands—Specify Plot Characters

Use the CHAR1 operand to specify the character used to plot the resource specified by
an ID option. Use the CHAR2 operand to specify the character used to plot global
activity.

Example: CHARn Operand

The following commands plot the usage of transaction PSPI using the character P and
the usage of all transactions using plus signs (+):

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(P) CHAR2(+)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 P +
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .PPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . 9 105
02.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 29 149
03.00.00 .PPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 9 151
04.00.00 .PPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . 17 194
05.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 72 22
06.00.00 .PPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . 8 92
07.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 28 119
08.00.00 .PPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . . 17 84
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .PPPPPPPPPP+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 23 140
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 P +
SYMBOLS: “P” = TRANSACTION COUNT “+” = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT

224 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 PLOT2 Command—Plot Response Time

RATE Option—Convert Counts to Rates

Use the RATE option to plot a rate (number per second) rather than a count.

Example: Plot a Rate

The following commands plot the usage rate for transaction PSPI against the total
transaction rate:

PLOT TRAN USE RATE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(P) CHAR2(+)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 P +
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.00 0.03
02.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 0.01 0.04
03.00.00 .+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 0.00 0.04
04.00.00 .+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . 0.00 0.05
05.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 0.02 0.06
06.00.00 .++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.00 0.03
07.00.00 .PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.01 0.03
08.00.00 .+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . . 0.00 0.02
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 0.00 0.03
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 P +

SYMBOLS: "P" = TRANSACTION COUNT "+" = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT

PLOT2 Command—Plot Response Time

The following commands generate a report that compares the response time of 0A
terminals with the maximum terminal response time for 0A terminals. The average
response time and average maximum response time for all terminals is also plotted.

PLOT TERM RESP TERMID(0A++)

PLOT2 TERM MAXRESP TERMID(0A++)
FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 225

PLOT2 Command—Plot Response Time

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TERMINAL MAXIMUM RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
0 0.792 1.584 2.377 3.169 3.961 4.753 5.545 6.338 7.130 7.922 * +
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 01.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXX-------------------------------------------------- . . . .0.040 0.206
.**++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . . .0.160 1.599
02.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . .0.090 0.106
.*********************************** . . . . . . .2.771 2.771
03.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-. . . . . . .0.125 0.128
.**************** . . . . . . . . .1.298 1.298
04.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . . . .0.083 0.120
.********************* . . . . . . . .1.673 1.673
05.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----- . . . . . . .0.104 0.120
.**************************************************** . . . . .4.094 4.094
06.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX0.332 0.332
.***************************************************************************** . . .6.137 6.137
07.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX--------------- . . .0.194 0.242
.********************************************************************************** . .6.477 6.477
08.00.00 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . .0.240 0.240
.****************************************************************************************************7.922 7.922
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . .SUMMARY:
RANGE: .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX----------- . . . . .0.151 0.186
.************************************************++ . . . . 3.816 3.996
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.792 1.584 2.377 3.169 3.961 4.753 5.545 6.338 7.130 7.922 * +
0 0.033 0.066 0.100 0.133 0.166 0.199 0.232 0.266 0.299 0.332 X -
SYMBOLS: "X" = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME "-" = GLOBAL TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
"*" = TERMINAL MAXIMUM RESPONSE TIME "+" = GLOBAL TERMINAL MAXIMUM RESPONSE TIME

PLOT2 RATE Command—Convert Counts to Rates

Use the RATE option to plot a rate (number per second) rather than a count.

Example: RATE Option on the PLOT2 Command

In the following example, the PLOT command plots the use of PSPI against the total
system transaction use, and the PLOT2 command plots the transaction rate for PSPI
against the total system transaction rate:

PLOT TRAN USE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(T) CHAR2(+)

PLOT2 TRAN USE RATE TRANID(PSPI) CHAR1(R) CHAR2(-)
FROM 12/07/08 02:00:00
TO 12/07/08 08:00:00
EACH HOUR
END
RUN

226 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH HOUR TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 T +
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 R -
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
12/07/08 02.00.00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 29 149
.RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR-------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.01 0.04
03.00.00 .TTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 9
.------------------------------------------------------------------- . . . . 0.00 0.04
04.00.00 .TTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . 17 194
.----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- . . 0.00 0.05
05.00.00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 72 228
.RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR------------------------------------------------------------------- 0.02 0.06
06.00.00 .TTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . . 8 92
.-------------------------------------------------- . . . . . 0.00 0.03
07.00.00 .TTTTTTTTTTTT++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . . 28 119
.RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR--------------------------------- . . . . . 0.01 0.03
SUMMARY: . . . . . . . . . . . SUMMARY:
RANGE: .TTTTTTTTTT+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ . . . . 23 140
.-------------------------------------------------- . . . . . 0.00 0.03
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 R -
0 22.80 45.60 68.40 91.20 114.0 136.8 159.6 182.4 205.2 228.0 T +
SYMBOLS: "T" = TRANSACTION COUNT "+" = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT
"R" = TRANSACTION COUNT "-" = GLOBAL TRANSACTION COUNT

In the 3600 seconds between 2 and 3 a.m., PSPI was executed 29 times, which is a rate
of 0.01. Globally, 149 transactions were executed in that period, for a rate of 0.04.

Note: A usage rate of zero does not necessarily imply zero usage of the resource. For
example, transaction PSPI was used 9 times in the 3600 seconds between 3:00 and
4:00 a.m. However, this yields a usage rate so low (9 / 3600 = 0.0025) that it appears as
zero in the plot of usage rate.

VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report

The following commands plot terminal response time between 1:00 and 6:00 a.m.:

VPLOT TRAN USE

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 06:00:00
EACH 10 MINUTES
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 227

VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 10 MINUTES TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
USE USE
-------- -----
100 I I 100
I I
I I
I I
I I
88 I I 88
I I
I I
I I
I I
75 I I 75
I X I
I X I
I X I
I X I
63 I X I 63
I X I
I X I
I X I
I XX I
50 I XXX I 50
I X X XXX I
I X X XXX I
I X X XXX I
I X X XXX I
38 I X X X X X XX XXX I 38
I X X X X X X XXX XXX I
I X X X X X X XXX XXX I
I X X X X X X XXX XXX I
AI---XX--X--X--X-X---X-XXX--XXX--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I
25 I XX X X XXX X XXX XXX I 25
I XX X XX XXX XX XXX XXXX I
I X XX XX XXXXXXX XX XXX XXXXX I
I X XXXXXX XXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXX I
I X XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
13 I X XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I 13
I X XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I X XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
0 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0
01:00 02:40 04:20
12/07 12/07 12/07
SYMBOLS: "X" = TRANSACTION COUNT

SCALE(3X) Operands—Widen the Scale of a VPLOT Report

The following commands are the same as those in the previous example except for the
addition of the SCALE(3X) operand, which widens the resulting plot:

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(3X)

FROM 12/07/08 01:00:00
TO 12/07/08 06:00:00
EACH 10 MINUTES
END
RUN

228 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 10 MINUTES TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
USE USE
-------- --------
100 I I 100
I I
I I
I I
I I
88 I I 88
I I
I I
I I
I I
75 I I 75
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXX I
63 I XXX I 63
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXX I
I XXXXXX I
50 I XXXXXXXXX I 50
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX I
38 I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I 38
I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I
AI---------XXXXXX------XXX------XXX------XXX---XXX---------XXX---XXXXXXXXX------XXXXXXXXX----------------------- I
25 I XXXXXX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX I 25
I XXXXXX XXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
13 I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I 13
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
I XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX I
0 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0
01:00 01:30 02:00 02:40 03:10 03:40 04:20 04:50 05:20
12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07
SYMBOLS: "X" = TRANSACTION COUNT

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 229

VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report

SCALE (n) Operand—Specify the Maximum Scale Value

The following example uses the SCALE(6.000) operand to plot transaction CPU use with
a maximum scale value of 6.000 seconds. The CHAR1 operand specifies x as the plot
character.

VPLOT TRAN CPU TOTAL CHAR1(x) SCALE(6.000)

FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 19:00:00
EACH 5 MINUTES
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 5 MINUTES TRANSACTION AVERAGE CPU TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
CPU CPU
-------- --------
6.000 I + I 6.000
I x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
5.250 I x x x I 5.250
I x x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
I x x x I
4.500 I x x x I 4.500
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
3.750 I x x x x I 3.750
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x I
I x x x x x I
3.000 I x x x x x I 3.000
I x x x x x I
I x x x x x I
I x x x x x I
I x x x x x I
2.250 I x x x x x I 2.250
I x x x x x I
I x x x x xx x x x I
I x x x x x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
1.500 I x x x xx x x xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I 1.500
I x x x xx x x xxxx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x x xxxx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x x xxxxx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x I
I x x x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x xx xx xx xx x I
0.750 I x x x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x xx xx xx xx x I 0.750
I x x x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x x x x xx xx xx xx x I
I x xx x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxx xx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x xx x x xx xx xx xx x I
I x xx x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxxxxx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x xx x x xx xx xx xx x I
I x xx x xx x xx xx xx xx xx xxxxxxxx xx xx x x x x x x x x x x x xx x x xx xx xx xx x I
0.000 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0.000
10:00 10:50 11:40 12:30 13:20 14:10 15:00 15:50 16:40 17:30 18:20
12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08 12/08
SYMBOLS: "x" = TRANSACTION AVERAGE CPU TIME

230 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 VPLOT Command—Create a Simple Report

STACK=id Operand—Replace the Plot Character

Use the STACK=id operand with the VPLOT command to replace the plot character with
the identifiers being plotted, from most active to least active starting at the bottom of
the plot. You can specify the mX option of the SCALE operand to print more characters
of each identifier.

The following commands create a vertical plot of transaction use. The STACK=CICSID
operand specifies that CICS IDs are to be plotted, and the SCALE(2X) operand widens
each plot column to two characters so the entire CICS ID can be printed.

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(2X) STACK=CICSID

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN
USE USE
------- --------
6121 I P0 I 6121
I P0 I
I P0 I
I P0 I
I P0 P0 I
5356 I P0 P0 I 5356
I P0 P0 I
I P0 P0 P0 I
I P0 P0 P0 I
I T1 P0P0 P0 I
4591 I T1 P0P0 P0 I 4591
I T1 P0P0 P0 I
I T1 P0P0 P0 I
I P0 P0T1P0 P0P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 P0T1P0 T1P0 T1 T1 I
3826 I P0 P0T1P0 T1P0 T1 T1 I 3826
I P0 P0T1P0 T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 P0T1P0 P0T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 T1 T1T1P0 P0T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1 I
3061 I P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1 I 3061
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1 I
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1T1 T1 T1 I
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1 T1P0 T1 P0 I
I P0P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1 P0P0T1T1 P0 I
2296 I P0P0 P0T1T1 T1T1T1 P0 T1T1T1T1P0 P0P0T1T1 T1 P0 I 2296
I P0T1 P0T1P0 T1T1T1 P0 T1T1T1T1P0 P0P0T1T1 T1 T1 I
AI----------------P0T1----T1T1P0------T1T1T1----P0--------T1T1T1T1P0----P0P0P0T1T1--T1------T1------------------ I
I P0T1P0 T1T1P0 T1T1T1 T1 T1T1T1T1P0 T1P0T1T1T1 T1 T1 I
I T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1T1T1 T1 T1T1T1T1T1 T1P0T1P0T1 T1 T1 I
1531 I T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1 P0T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 T1 T1 I 1531
I P0 T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1P0 P0T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 T1T1 T1 I
I P0 T1T1T1T1 T1T1P0 T1 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1 I
I T1 T1T1T1T1 T1T1P0T1T1 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1P0 I
I P0 T1 P0T1T1T1 T1T1P0T1T1 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1T1 I
766 I P0 T1 P0T1T1T1 T1T1P0T1P0 T1T1T1 T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 T1P0T1P0T1 P0P0 T1T1 I 766
IT1 P0 T1 P0T1T1T1 T1T1P0P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1 P0T1P0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1 I
IT1T1T1 T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1 T1T1T1T1P0T1T1P0T1P0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1 I
IT1T1T1 T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1P0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1T1 I
IT1T1T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1P0P0P0T1T1T1T1T1P0T1T1T1P0T1T1T1T1T1T1T1T1TP0T1P0T1T1P0P0T1 T1T1T1 I
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I
07:00 08:15 09:30 10:45 12:00 13:15 14:30 15:45 17:00 18:15

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 231

VPLOT2 Command—Create a Simple VPLOT2 Report

03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14 03/14

VPLOT2 Command—Create a Simple VPLOT2 Report

The following example uses the VPLOT and VPLOT2 commands to plot both transaction
use and terminal response time:

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50) CHAR1(X)

VPLOT2 TERM RESP SCALE(1.000) CHAR1(O)
EACH 5 MINUTES
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
END
RUN

SCALE(COMMON) Operand—Use the Same Scale

The following commands plot transaction use and data set use. The SCALE(COMMON)
operand causes the same scale to be used for both variables being plotted.

VPLOT TRAN USE CHAR1(X)

VPLOT2 DATASET USE CHAR1(O) SCALE(COMMON)
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH 10 MINUTES
END
RUN

232 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 MPLOT Command—Used with One and Multiple Variables

MPLOT Command—Used with One and Multiple Variables

Use the MPLOT command to produce a vertical plot similar to that produced by the
VPLOT command, except that only the outline of the columns is printed.

MPLOT allows you to request multiple variables on the same report.

Example: Using Variables with the MPLOT Command

■ Using One Variable with the MPLOT Command
The following example uses the MPLOT command to plot terminal response times:
MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50)
EACH 5 MINUTES
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 23:59:59
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 233

MPLOT Command—Used with One and Multiple Variables

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH 5 MINUTES TRANSACTION COUNT
PERIOD NONE
TRAN TRAN
USE USE
-------- ------
50 I I 50
I I
I I
I I
I I
44 I I 44
I I
I X I
I X I
I X I
38 I X X X I 38
I X X X I
I X X X X I
I X X XXX I
I X X X X X I
32 I X X X X X X I 32
I X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X I
26 I X X X X X X X X X X X I 26
I X X X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X X X X I
20 I X X X X XX X X XX X XX X X X X X X X I 20
I X X X X X X X XX XX X X XX X X X XX X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X XX X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X XX X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X X X X X I
14 I X X X XX X XX X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X X XXX XX I 14
I X X X XX X XX X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X X X X X X I
AI---------X-X--X---XX-X----XX-X--X-X-X-XX-X-XX----XX---X--X-X---X-X----X-XX-X--------X--X--X------------X--X-X- I
I X X X XX X XX X X X X XX X XX XX X X X X X X XX X XX X X X X X I
I X X X XX X XX XX X X X X XX XX X XX XX X X X X X XX X X XX X X XXX X I
8 I X X X X X X X X X X X X XX X X X XX X X X X X XX X X X X XX X X X X X I 8
I X X X X X X X X X X X X XX XX X X X XX X XX X XX XX X X X X X X I
I X X X X X X X XX X X XX XX X X X X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X I
I X XX XX X X X X X X X X XX XX X X X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X I
I X XX XX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XX XX X X X XX X X X X I
0 II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------II 0
00:00 00:50 01:40 02:30 03:20 04:10 05:00 05:50 06:40 07:30 08:20 09:10
12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07 12/07
SYMBOLS: "X" = TRANSACTION COUNT

■ Using Two Variables with the MPLOT Command

The following example uses the MPLOT command to plot transaction use with Xs
and terminal response time with Os:
MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50) CHAR1(X) AND,
TERM RESP SCALE(1.000) CHAR1(O)
EACH 5 MINUTES
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 23:59:59
END
RUN

234 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 HPLOT Command

■ Using Three Variables with the MPLOT Command

The following commands are the same as those in the preceding example except for
the addition of a third variable, DATASET USE, which is plotted with plus signs (+):
FROM 12/07/08 00:00:00
TO 12/07/08 09:00:00
EACH 5 MINUTES
MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(50) CHAR1(X) AND,
TERM RESP SCALE(1.000) CHAR1(O) AND,
DATASET USE SCALE(75) CHAR1(+)
END
RUN

HPLOT Command
Use the HPLOT command to plot the distribution of one variable based on the value of
another variable. The variable you specify with the HPLOT command is plotted along the
horizontal axis. The second variable, specified with either the VPLOT or the MPLOT
command, is plotted vertically.

You must use the HPLOT command with either the MPLOT or VPLOT command. The
HPLOT command must follow the MPLOT or VPLOT command. To set the plot character
for an HPLOT report, specify the CHAR1 operand with the MPLOT or VPLOT command.

SCALE Operand—Used with HPLOT and VPLOT

The following example uses the HPLOT and VPLOT commands to produce a terminal
response time distribution plot:

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(300)

HPLOT TERM RESP SCALE(1.000)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 235

HPLOT Command

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH RECORD TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN
USE
300 I+ +
IX X
IXX X
IXX X
IXX X X
263 IXX XX X
IXX XX X
IXX XX X
IXX XXX X
IXX XXX X
225 IXX XXX X
IXX XXX X
IXXXXXX X X
IXXXXXX XXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXX X
188 IXXXXXXX XXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
150 IXXXXXXX XXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXX X X
113 IXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X
75 IXXXXXXXXX XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X
38 IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XX X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X XX X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X XX X X X
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I -
0.000 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
A - 0.275
SAMPLE COUNT ==> 8991 TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME SAMPLES WITHIN H-SCALE ==> 8620 95.8%
SAMPLES WITHIN V-SCALE ==> 8991 100.0

236 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 HPLOT Command

EACH RECORD Command—Used with VPLOT and HPLOT

The following commands are similar to those in the previous example but the interval
has been changed from each 5 minutes to each record and the SCALE operand has been
specified with both the VPLOT and HPLOT commands. Whenever the command EACH
RECORD is used, the SCALE operand must be specified with the HPLOT command.

VPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(200) CHAR1(X)

HPLOT TRAN CPUTIME SCALE(0.150)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

The previous commands generate a report like the following:

SHIFT NONE
EACH RECORD AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN
USE
200 I+ + + +
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X XXX X
175 IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
150 IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X
IX X XXX X X
IX XXXXX X X
IX XXXXX X X X
125 IX XXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
100 IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
IX XXXXXXX X X X
75 IX XXXXXXX X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXX X X X
IX X XXXXXXXXXXX X X X X
IX X XXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X
50 IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX X X XXXXX X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX XXXXX X X X X X X X X
IX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX X X X X X X X X X
25 IX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X XXXXX XXX X X X X
IX X X X XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXX XXX X X X X X X X X
IX XXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX X XXX X X X
IXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX X XXX X X X X
IXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX X XX XXXXXX XX X XXX X
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I -
0.000 0.015 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.090 0.105 0.120 0.135 0.150 X
A - 0.023
SAMPLE COUNT ==> 8608 AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME SAMPLES WITHIN H-SCALE ==> 8466 98.3%
SAMPLES WITHIN V-SCALE ==> 8608 100.0

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 237

HPLOT Command

EACH RECORD Command—Used with MPLOT and HPLOT

The following commands are identical to those in the previous example except that
MPLOT has been used instead of VPLOT.

MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(200)

HPLOT TRAN CPUTIME SCALE(0.150)
EACH RECORD
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH RECORD AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME
PERIOD NONE
TRAN
USE
200 I+ + + +
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X X X
IX X XXX X
175 IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X
150 IX X X X X
IX X X X X
IX X X X X X
IX XX X X "
IX X X X X "
125 IX X X X X "
IX X XX X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
100 IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
IX X X X X "
75 IX X X X X X "
IX X XX X X "
IX X X XX X X X "
IX X X X X X X X "
IX XX X X X X X "
50 IX X X X X X X X X "
IX X X X X X X X X X X X X "
IX X X X X XX XX X X X X X X "
IX X X XXX X X X X X X X X X "
IX X X X X XX X X X X X X X X "
25 IX X X X X X XX XX XXX X X X "
IX X X X X XX XX X X X X X X X X X X "
IX XX XX X X X XX XXX X XXX X X "
I X X X X X X X XXX X XXX X X X "
I X X XXXX X XX XXX X XX XXXXXX XX X XXX "
II---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I---------I -
0.000 0.015 0.030 0.045 0.060 0.075 0.090 0.105 0.120 0.135 0.150 X
A - 0.023
SAMPLE COUNT ==> 8608 AVERAGE TRAN I/O TIME SAMPLES WITHIN H-SCALE ==> 8466 98.3%
SAMPLES WITHIN V-SCALE ==> 8608 100.0

238 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 HPLOT Command

SCALE Command—Change the Scale

The following commands are identical to those in the previous example except that the
scale specified with the MPLOT command has been changed to 300 and the letter M has
been specified as the plot character:

MPLOT TRAN USE SCALE(300) CHAR1(M)

EACH RECORD
END
RUN

Chapter 9: Plot Reports 239

Chapter 10: Graph Reports
This section contains the following topics:
GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report (see page 241)
GRAF2 Command Restrictions (see page 249)

GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

Graph reports are graphs used to compare related identifiers.

The GRAF command produces a single-line bar graph of the performance of each
identifier associated with a variable. For example, using the GRAF command with a
TRANSACTION variable produces a bar graph of the variable for each transaction.

The following commands produce a graph of transaction lifetime. Because the log file
may contain data that covers many months, the FROM and TO commands are used to
limit the report to transactions active between 10:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on 12/08/08.

GRAF TRAN LIFE SCALE(1.598)

FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-2.000 DEFERRED
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CRSQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.598
CATD .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . 1.376
CSSF .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.767
END .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.403
VGBR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.371
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.211
PSPI .XXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . . . 0.149
POSS .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.092
CSAC .XX . . . . . . . . . . 0.038
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 241

GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

GRAF JOBNAME—Graph by an Alternate Resource

By default, the GRAF command produces a report on the identifiers associated with the
specified variable. To graph the value of the variable for resources of another type,
specify an ID option with the GRAF command.

Example: Report Jobname Usage

The following example uses the ID option JOBNAME to produce a report on transaction
usage by CICS jobname rather than by transaction ID (the default for TRANSACTION
variables):

GRAF JOBNAME TRANSACTION USE

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CICSA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1919
CICSB .XXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 236
CICSTEST .XXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 219
CICSX1 .XXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 108
CICSX2 . . . . . . . . . . . 6
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 191.9 383.8 575.7 767.6 959.5 1151 1343 1535 1727 1919 X

SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION USE

TRANID ID Option—Specify the Resources to be Included in a Graph

Use an ID option and identifiers with the GRAF command to specify the resources to be
included in a graph report. You can specify individual resources or groups of resources.

Example: TRANID ID Option on the GRAF Command

The following commands use the TRANID ID option and the generic identifier (C*) to
include in the report only the transactions whose names start with C:

GRAF TRAN LIFE TRANID(C*) SCALE(1.598)

FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0-2.000 DEFERRED
END
RUN

242 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CRSQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.598
CATD .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . 1.376
CSSF .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.767
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.211
CSAC .XX . . . . . . . . . . 0.038
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.160 0.320 0.479 0.639 0.799 0.959 1.119 1.278 1.438 1.598 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

FOR Operand—Limit Lines in a Graph

Use the FOR n operand to produce a report on the n resources with the highest or
lowest values for the variable being graphed.

Example: FOR Operand

The following commands graph average transaction lifetime by terminal. The FOR
operand limits the report to the 20 terminals that have the longest transaction lifetimes.
The CHAR1 operand sets the plot character to T. A continuation comma is used to
continue the GRAF command to a second line.

GRAF TERMID TRAN LIFETIME,

FOR 20 CHAR1(T)
END
RUN

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 243

GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 45.47 90.94 136.4 181.8 227.3 272.8 318.3 363.7 409.2 454.7 T
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
AF2P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT 454.7
BP1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . 368.7
N/A .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . 326.2
0A19 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 147.4
F015 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . 102.2
WA2D .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . 101.7
F025 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 80.94
ZA00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 77.01
RW1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 58.10
F018 .TTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 58.09
F028 .TTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 56.58
F026 .TTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 55.34
CG1P .TTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 49.81
F024 .TTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 45.27
BP4P .TTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 44.36
MB1P .TTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 36.87
0A0F .TTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 35.20
MP4P .TTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 29.41
F041 .TTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 28.89
4A01 .TTTTTT . . . . . . . . . . 28.84
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 45.47 90.94 136.4 181.8 227.3 272.8 318.3 363.7 409.2 454.7 T
SYMBOLS: “T” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

SCALE(n) Operand—Change the Scale of a Graph

Use the SCALE(n) operand to alter the scale of a graph report.

If the variable does not yield results with a decimal point, you cannot use a decimal
point in the SCALE operand.

Example: ]SCALE(n) Operand

The following commands produce a report similar to the preceding one but with a scale
of 100.0. The FOR operand limits the report to 15 terminals.

GRAF TERMID TRAN LIFE FOR 15 CHAR1(T) SCALE(100.0)

END
RUN

244 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 T
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
AF2P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 454.7
BP1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 368.7
N/A .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 326.2
0A19 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 147.4
F015 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 102.2
WA2D .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT> 101.7
F025 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . 80.94
ZA00 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . 77.01
RW1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 58.10
F018 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 58.09
F028 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 56.58
F026 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 55.34
CG1P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . 49.81
F024 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . 45.27
BP4P .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . 44.36
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 T
SYMBOLS: “T” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

When the value of the variable being plotted exceeds the scale used, a greater-than sign
(>) appears to the right of the graph for the resource, as is the case for the first several
transactions in the preceding report.

SORT ASCENDING—Sort Graph Reports

Use the SORT ASCENDING operand to sort a graph report in ascending order.

The following commands produce a report on the ten transactions with the shortest
average transaction lifetimes:

GRAF TRAN LIFETIME FOR 10 SORT ASCENDING SCALE(0.200)

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.020 0.040 0.060 0.080 0.100 0.120 0.140 0.160 0.180 0.200 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
WARE .XXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . . . 0.018
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.026
CSPG .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.032
CSPS .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.057
CSPQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.060
CSAC .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.066
WISC .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.080
POSS .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.120
END .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . 0.135
PART .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . 0.162
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.020 0.040 0.060 0.080 0.100 0.120 0.140 0.160 0.180 0.200 X

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 245

GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

SHIFT Command—Create Reports on Specified Shifts

Use the SHIFT command to create reports that cover only certain hours of the day.

The following commands produce a report on the five transactions active between
11:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. the week of January 5, 1999 with names starting with C that
have the shortest lifetimes:

GRAF TRAN LIFETIME SCALE(1.0) TRANID(C*),

FOR 5 SORT ASCENDING
FROM 01/05/08 00.00.00
TO 01/11/08 00.00.00
SHIFT 23:00:00 07:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CSTA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.354
CSSN .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX> 1.395
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X

SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION LIFETIME IN SECONDS.

Although FOR 5 is used in the above report, only two transactions appear. Those
transactions are the only ones that were used during the 11:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. shift
whose names started with C.

246 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

EACH Command—Create Reports with Multiple Graphs

By default, graph reports include one detail line for each identifier, showing the value of
the variable specified for that identifier during the time period covered in the report. If
you use the EACH command with the GRAF command, however, the Report Writer
produces a detail line for each identifier for each time period specified by the EACH
command.

The following example uses the FROM, TO, and EACH commands to produce a report on
transaction lifetimes for a given shift each week for one month:

GRAF TRANSACTION USE

FROM 01/05/08 00.00.00
TO 02/01/08 00.00.00
EACH WEEK
SHIFT 23:00:00 07:00:00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

0 1.200 2.400 3.600 4.800 6.000 7.200 8.400 9.600 10.80 12.00 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
01/05/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
CSTE .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
CSTA .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . . . . . . .
01/12/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
CINQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 12
CSSN .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 5
OSSN .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 4
PINQ .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . . . . . . .
01/20/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
JCLR .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
EDII .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
. . . . . . . . . . .
01/27/08 23.00.00 . . . . . . . . . . .
CINQ .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 3
CUST .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 2
CSSN .XXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . . 1
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 1.200 2.400 3.600 4.800 6.000 7.200 8.400 9.600 10.80 12.00 X

SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION USE.

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 247

GRAF Command—Create a GRAF Report

RANGE Command—Create Reports with a Specified Range

Use the RANGE command to restrict a report to resources whose activity falls within a
specified range. The RANGE command is explained in further detail in the chapter
“Commands.”

The following commands produce a graph of the lifetime of transactions with an

average lifetime of 1.000 second or less. Because the DEFERRED operand is specified
with the RANGE command, the range criterion is not checked until all data has been
read, enabling the Report Writer to determine the average lifetime of each transaction.

GRAF TRAN LIFETIME SCALE(1.000)

FROM 12/08/08 10:00:00
TO 12/08/08 18:00:00
RANGE TRAN LIFE 0.000-1.000 DEFERRED
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
CSSF .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . 0.767
END .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . 0.403
VGBR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 0.371
CSNE .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . 0.211
PSPI .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 0.149
POSS .XXXXXXXXX. . . . . . . . . . 0.092
CSAC .XXXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.038
CSPQ .XXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.032
CSGM .XXX . . . . . . . . . . 0.028
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.100 0.200 0.300 0.400 0.500 0.600 0.700 0.800 0.900 1.000 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

248 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF2 Command Restrictions

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

You must use the GRAF2 command with the GRAF command. The variables you specify
with the GRAF and GRAF2 commands must be logically related.

Examples: Correct and Incorrect Usage of GRAF and GRAF2

Transaction Use
Correct:
GRAF TRANSACTION USE
GRAF2 TERMINAL IO

Incorrect:
GRAF DATASET REQUESTS
GRAF2 TRANSACTION USE

Terminal Response
Correct:
GRAF TERMINAL RESP
GRAF2 TRANSACTION USE

Incorrect:
GRAF DATASET SERVTIME
GRAF2 PROGRAM USE

Transaction Use
Correct:
GRAF TRANSACTION USE
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
PROGRAM USE AND,
TRANSIENT USE

Incorrect:
GRAF TERMINAL IO
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
PROGRAM USE AND,
TRANSIENT USE

Terminal IO
Correct:
GRAF TERMINAL IO
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
TERM RESP AND,
TERM MAXRESP AND,
TERM BYTESREAD

Incorrect:
GRAF TERMINAL IO
GRAF2 VARS TERM USE AND,
TRANSACTION USE

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 249

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

FOR Operand—Limit the Number of Identifiers in a GRAF2 Report

Use the FOR n operand to produce a report on the n resources with the highest or
lowest values (depending on the sorting order) for the variable being graphed. You can
specify the FOR operand only with the first variable you specify with the GRAF2
command.

The following commands produce a report showing the four transactions with the
longest lifetimes and, for each of those transactions, the three terminals with the
highest response times. The character F is used to graph transaction life and R is used to
graph terminal response time.

GRAF TRAN LIFE FOR 4 CHAR1(F)

GRAF2 TERM RESP FOR 3 CHAR1(R)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME
PERIOD NONE
0 51.36 102.7 154.0 205.4 256.8 308.1 359.5 410.9 462.2 513.6 F
0 0.225 0.449 0.674 0.899 1.123 1.348 1.573 1.798 2.022 2.247 R
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
PINV .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF 513.6
4A08 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR . . . . . . . . . 0.365
4A01 .RRRRRRRRR. . . . . . . . . . 0.207
8A21 .RRRRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.142
PBLM .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . 370.0
8A26 .RRRRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.126
0A02 .RRRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.109
8A09 .RRRR . . . . . . . . . . 0.093
SOIN .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . . . 285.7
0A02 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR . . . . 1.41
F024 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR . . . . . . 0.892
8A21 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR. . . . . . . 0.887
RECE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . . . . . 180.0
F025 .RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR 2.247
0A02 .RRRRRRRRRRR . . . . . . . . . 0.243
F005 .RRRRRRRRR. . . . . . . . . . 0.211
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.225 0.449 0.674 0.899 1.123 1.348 1.573 1.798 2.022 2.247 R
0 51.36 102.7 154.0 205.4 256.8 308.1 359.5 410.9 462.2 513.6 F
SYMBOLS: “F” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

“R” = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

250 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF2 Command Restrictions

SCALE Operand—Change the Scale of a GRAF2 Report

Use the SCALE operand to specify a scale for the GRAF2 variable. This operand is
particularly useful for creating a common scale in reports on time-related variables such
as TRANsaction LIFEtime and TERMinal RESPonsetime.

The following commands are the same as those in the previous example except that the
SCALE operand is included to produce a report that uses the same scale for both the
GRAF and GRAF2 variables, and the default plot characters are used:

GRAF TRANSACTION LIFE FOR 3 SCALE(100.0)

GRAF2 TERMINAL RESP FOR 2 SCALE(100.0)
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

X
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 *
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
PVCK .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . 91.40
L401 .***************************************************************************************************> 168.7
L205 .***************************************************************************************************> 110.
JOUR .XXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . . . 10.09
L205 .************ . . . . . . . . . 11.65
L702 .********** . . . . . . . . . 10.13
PIAF .XXXX . . . . . . . . . . 4.461
L601 .********** . . . . . . . . . 9.968
L703 .********** . . . . . . . . . 9.828
L407 .******** . . . . . . . . . . 8.237
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 *
X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION LIFETIME IN SECONDS.
“*” = TERMINAL RESPONSE TIME IN SECONDS.

GRAF2 TRANNUM—GRAF2 Command with an Identifier

When you specify a single variable with the GRAF2 command, you can specify an ID
option with the GRAF2 command to graph by an identifier other than the default.

The following commands produce a report on the three users with the highest terminal
response times. For each user, terminal response times for the five transactions with
the highest terminal response times are also graphed. If the ID option TRANNUM had
not been specified with the GRAF2 command, the graphs would have been by terminal
ID (the default for TERMinal variables).

GRAF USERID TERM RESP FOR 3 SCALE(2.000) CHAR1(U)

GRAF2 TRANNUM TERM RESP FOR 5 SCALE(2.000) CHAR1(T)
END
RUN

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 251

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
PERIOD NONE
0 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000 1.200 1.400 1.600 1.800 2.000 O
0 0.889 1.777 2.666 3.554 4.443 5.332 6.220 7.109 7.997 8.886 T
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
HYZHE01 .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . 1.751
0004482 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT 8.886
0004475 .TTT . . . . . . . . . . 0.246
0004471 .TT . . . . . . . . . . 0.203
0004706 .TT . . . . . . . . . . 0.138
0005782 .T . . . . . . . . . . 0.04
STEMA14 .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . 0.696
0000585 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . 6.129
0000090 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . 3.74
0000943 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . . . . 3.475
0000072 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 3.068
0000043 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 2.900
ROBJA01 .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . . 0.547
0001243 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 3.178
0001230 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . 2.709
0001094 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . . . . . 2.616
0000625 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT. . . . . . . . . 1.648
0000183 .TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT . . . . . . . . . 1.518
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 0.889 1.777 2.666 3.554 4.443 5.332 6.220 7.109 7.997 8.886 T
0 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000 1.200 1.400 1.600 1.800 2.000 O
SYMBOLS: “U” = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
“T” = TERMINAL AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME

GRAF2 Command Used with Multiple Variables

Use multiple variables with the GRAF2 command to compare the performance of a class
of resources with respect to those variables. For example, you can compare the
performance of transactions with respect to terminal use, terminal response time, and
data sets I/O.

When you specify more than one variable with the GRAF2 command, a one-line bar
graph is created for each variable specified. The bar graph represents average
performance for all active identifiers associated with the variable.

Commands to Produce a Report on Three Transactions

The following commands produce a report on the three transactions with the longest
lifetimes. For each transaction, the number of file requests, terminal I/Os, and
transaction waits per use are also plotted, using a scale of 50. The VARS operand
precedes the variables specified with the GRAF2 command.

GRAF TRAN LIFE SCALE(100) FOR 3

GRAF2 VARS DATASET USE SCALE(50) AND,
TERM IO AND,
TRAN WAITS
END
RUN

252 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 GRAF2 Command Restrictions

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY
PERIOD NONE
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 X
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 *
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
SPAR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 99.88
FILE USE .****************************************************************** . . . . 33
TERM IO .****************************************** . . . . . . 21
TRAN WAITS .********************************************************************************************** . 47
PDDR .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 37.29
FILE USE .********************************************************** . . . . . 29
TERM IO .******************************************************** . . . . . 28
TRAN WAITS .************************************************************ . . . . 3
DEDA .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX . . . . . . . 36.58
FILE USE .***************************************************************************************************> 76
TERM IO .***************************************************************************************************> 64
TRAN WAITS .***************************************************************************************************> 90
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 *
0 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.0 X
SYMBOLS: “X” = TRANSACTION AVERAGE LIFETIME

Commands to Graph Transactions

The following commands graph the transaction use of the eight transactions used the
least, and, for each, the number of files used and the number of transaction waits per
use. The CHAR1 operands specify a different plot character for each variable.

GRAF TRAN USE CHAR1(U) SCALE(10) FOR 8 SORT ASCENDING

GRAF2 VARS FILE USE CHAR1(F) SCALE(40) AND,
TRAN WAIT CHAR1(W)
END
RUN

Chapter 10: Graph Reports 253

GRAF2 Command Restrictions

A report like the following is generated:

SHIFT NONE
EACH DAY
PERIOD NONE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 U
0 4.000 8.000 12.00 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 32.00 36.00 40.00 W
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
BOEF .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . . 2
FILE USE .FFFFFFF . . . . . . . . . . 3
TRAN WAITTIME .WWW . . . . . . . . . . 1.049
PBLM .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . . 3
FILE USE .FFFFFFF . . . . . . . . . . 3
TRAN WAITTIME .WWW . . . . . . . . . . 1.167
PDDR .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . 29
TRAN WAITTIME .WW . . . . . . . . . . 0.868
PSOM .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF> 939
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWWWWWWWWWWW . . . . . . . . . 5.755
SPON .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF> 425
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW . . . . . . . . 11.16
SPAR .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . 33
TRAN WAITTIME .WW . . . . . . . . . . 0.756
PINT .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . . . . . . . . .
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWWW . . . . . . . . . . 2.266
DOEF .UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU . . . . . . 4
FILE USE .FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF . 39
TRAN WAITTIME .WWWWW . . . . . . . . . . 1.804
+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+.........+
0 4.000 8.000 12.00 16.00 20.00 24.00 28.00 32.00 36.00 40.00 W
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 U
SYMBOLS: “U” = TRANSACTION COUNT

254 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Chapter 11: Historical Reports
This section contains the following topics:
About Historical Reports (see page 255)
Output Considerations (see page 255)
FLASHBACK LIST Command (see page 256)

About Historical Reports

You can create historical reports using the FLASHBACK LIST command. Historical, or
flashback, reports are tabular reports that contain detailed information about
transactions. The FLASHBACK LIST generates one line of output per transaction.

Transactions are presented in chronological order of ending time. You cannot sort
flashback reports.

Before creating historical reports, you should be familiar with the following:
■ Report Writer commands. For a description, see the chapter “Commands.”
■ Descriptions of Report Writer variables and lists of the ID options you can use with
each class of variable, see the chapter “Variables.”
■ Descriptions of ID options and their use with commands and variables, see the
chapter “ID Options.”

Important! Each flashback report must be run as a single report in a separate run. In
other words, you cannot specify another primary report command (such as TAB, PLOT,
or GRAF) in a job stream with a FLASHBACK LIST command.

Output Considerations
The FLASHBACK commands can generate enormous amounts of output if run against a
very large input file. To avoid problems, use either the FROM and TO commands, the
SELECT command, or the COUNT command to limit output.

Note: If the FROM and TO commands are not used, the corresponding FROM and TO
fields in the printout page headers are not utilized and the values are set to the default
dates and times (01/01/00 00.00.00, 12/31/99 23.59.59). The way the FLASHBACK
reports process records prevents from enumerating the date and time range of the
records.

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 255

FLASHBACK LIST Command

FLASHBACK LIST Command

Use the FLASHBACK LIST command to produce a tabular report containing one line of
output per transaction or event.

To produce default FLASHBACK reports for various systems, use the following syntax:

FLASHBACK [LIST] system

system
Designates one of the following systems:
■ CICS
■ IMS
■ AUDITLOG
■ MVS

Default CICS FLASHBACK LIST Report

To create a default CICS flashback report, specify the following command without any ID
options or variables:

FLASHBACK LIST

Use either the COUNT command or the FROM and TO commands to limit report output.

The following commands produce the default FLASHBACK LIST or FLASHBACK CICS
report. The FROM and TO commands limit the report to a short time period.

FLASHBACK LIST
FROM 12/06/08 21:22:00
TO 12/06/08 21:24:00
END
RUN

256 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FLASHBACK LIST Command

A report like the following is generated:

CICS END TERM OPER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
B1 21.22.41 N/A N/A TCP 0 911.9 2.110 0.000 0 0.381 1 241 11
B1 21.22.42 N/A N/A KCP 0 912.3 1.878 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 0
B1 21.23.07 N/A N/A JJJ 0 937.1 1.942 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 0
B1 21.23.07 N/A N/A CATD 51 6.529 0.326 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 5
B1 21.23.08 N/A N/A CSNE 52 0.081 0.068 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 3
B1 21.23.09 ZA00 N/A CSGM 53 0.264 0.010 0.013 2 0.000 0 0 1
B1 21.23.15 N/A N/A VGBR 55 0.332 0.023 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 2
B1 21.23.21 N/A N/A CSNE 56 0.013 0.002 0.000 0 0.000 0 0 3
B1 21.23.41 X250 N/A VGBQ 57 19.33 0.151 0.389 5 0.000 0 0 7 AKCT
---- -------- -------- --------
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
21.23.41 324 309.7 0.723 0.201 7 0.042 0 241 4
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------- --------

The sample report contains the following information:

CICS ID
Specifies the region ID in which the data was collected.
END TIME
Specifies the time the transaction completed.
TERM ID
Specifies the ID of the terminal from which the transaction was executed,
TRAN ID
Specifies the transaction ID.
TRAN NUMBER
Specifies the transaction number.
TRAN LIFE
Specifies the transaction lifetime (seconds).
TRAN CPU
Specifies the transaction CPU time (seconds).
TERM RESP
Specifies the terminal average response time (seconds).
TERM IO
Specifies the number of terminal I/Os by the transaction.
TRAN I/O
Specifies the total I/O time for the transaction.
FILE COUNT
Specifies the number of files accessed by the transaction.

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 257

FLASHBACK LIST Command

FILE USE
Specifies the number of file I/Os by the transaction.
PROG COUNT
Specifies the number of programs used by the transaction.
ABEND CODE
Specifies the abend code for the transaction, if any.

258 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FLASHBACK LIST Command

Create a Default FLASHBACK IMS Report

The FLASHBACK IMS reports provide you with detailed information about IMS
transactions.

To create a default IMS flashback report, specify the following command without any ID
options or variables:

FLASHBACK IMS

The same rules apply as for the other default reports, for example the Default CICS
FLASHBACK LIST Report.

The sample report contains following information:

DATE
Specifies the date when the audit event occurred.
TIME
Specifies the time when the audit event occurred.
TRAN ID
Specifies the transaction ID.
PSB NAME
Specifies the program specification block.
PST NUM
Specifies the partition specification table number.
LTERM
Specifies the logical terminal name.
REGION NAME
Specifies the region name.
PROC TYPE
Specifies the transaction processing type.
TRAN LIFE
Specifies the transaction lifetime in seconds.
TRAN INQUEU
Specifies the input queue time in seconds.
TRAN OUTQUEU
Specifies the output queue time in seconds.
TRAN PROC

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 259

FLASHBACK LIST Command

Specifies the transaction processing time in seconds.

More information:

Default CICS FLASHBACK LIST Report (see page 256)

Create a Default FLASHBACK AUDITLOG Report

To create a default audit flashback report, specify the following command without any
ID options or variables:

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG

Use either the COUNT or FROM and TO commands to limit report output.

The following commands produce the default FLASHBACK AUDITLOG report. The FROM
and TO commands limit the report to a short time period.

FLASHBACK AUDITLOG
FROM 05/31/09 20.04.01
TO 05/31/09 20.06.00
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

AUDIT SYSTEM SUBSYS JOB TASK SECURITY PRODUCT USER TERMINAL

DATE TIME TYPE NAME ID ID NAME GROUP RELEASE ID ID
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/31/09 20.04.29 Session Logon CA31 GSVX TSU53679 DEFAULT 12.0 MOLCE01 A55T
05/31/09 20.04.46 Session Logoff CA31 GSVX TSU53679 DEFAULT 12.0 MOLCE01 A55T
05/31/09 20.04.55 Session Logon CA31 GSVX TSU53463 DEFAULT 12.0 ROGRO02 A55T
05/31/09 20.05.00 Session Logon CA31 GSVX STC47269 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.00 Session Logon CA31 GSVX STC47268 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.00 Session Logoff CA31 GSVX STC47269 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.02 Session Logoff CA31 GSVX STC47268 ADMIN 12.0 STCSYS
05/31/09 20.05.16 JES2 Job Modify CA31 GSVX TSU53463 DEFAULT 12.0 ROGRO02 A55T
05/31/09 20.05.16 Console command CA31 GSVX TSU53463 DEFAULT 12.0 ROGRO02 A55T
05/31/09 20.05.39 Session Logon CA31 GSVX TSU53679 DEFAULT 12.0 MOLCE01 A55T
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05/31/09 20.05.39
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------------- - --------

260 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FLASHBACK LIST Command

The sample report contains following information:

DATE
Specifies the date when audit event occurred.
TIME
Specifies the time when audit event occurred.
AUDIT TYPE
Specifies the audit record type.
SYSTEM NAME
Specifies the name of the system where audit event occurred.
SUBSYS ID
Specifies the name of subsystem.
JOB ID
Specifies the ID of the job that caused the event.
TASK NAME
Specifies the task name.
SECURITY GROUP
Specifies the name of a security group to which a user or program that caused an
audit event belongs.
PRODUCT RELEASE
Specifies the product release.
USER ID
Specifies the ID of user that causes an audit event.
TERMINAL ID
Specifies the ID of terminal used by user that causes an event.

Limit FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Resources

To limit the information contained in a flashback report to specific resources, such as a
single operator or those transactions beginning with the letters ACCT, specify an ID
option and identifiers with the FLASHBACK LIST or FLASHBACK system command.

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 261

FLASHBACK LIST Command

Example: Using a Single ID Option and Identifier

The following commands produce a FLASHBACK LIST report showing only the
transactions of the terminal SWS:

FLASHBACK LIST TERMID(0A02)

END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

CICS END TERM TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
B1 00.45.29 0A02 POSS 67 1.011 0.274 1.011 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.45.35 0A02 POSS 69 2.387 0.051 1.187 3 0.199 1 2 6
B1 00.45.38 0A02 POSS 70 0.419 0.249 0.000 1 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.45.44 0A02 DEDA 71 5.040 0.705 0.992 4 0.034 1 1 4
B1 00.45.44 0A02 POSS 72 0.078 0.023 0.034 2 0.039 1 1 4
B1 00.46.03 0A02 POSS 73 0.025 0.002 0.025 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.46.12 0A02 SPAM 75 1.422 0.291 0.462 3 0.040 1 1 4
B1 00.46.18 0A02 SPAM 76 0.446 0.085 0.199 3 0.052 1 1 4
B1 00.46.37 0A02 SPAM 77 0.094 0.020 0.000 1 0.048 1 1 4
B1 00.46.38 0A02 POSS 78 0.088 0.025 0.033 2 0.038 1 1 4
B1 00.46.40 0A02 POSS 79 0.034 0.021 0.000 1 0.000 0 0 3
B1 00.58.19 0A02 PBLM 80 699.2 1.925 0.109 156 0.030 1 1 4
B1 00.58.19 0A02 POSS 81 0.091 0.026 0.041 2 0.047 1 1 4
B1 05.28.09 0A02 POSS 574 0.028 0.017 0.000 1 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.09 0A02 PSPI 575 0.047 0.016 0.009 2 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.19 0A02 PSPI 577 0.177 0.054 0.044 4 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.29 0A02 PSPI 580 0.170 0.049 0.029 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.41 0A02 PSPI 581 0.152 0.050 0.024 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.28.53 0A02 PSPI 582 0.148 0.049 0.024 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.03 0A02 PSPI 584 0.154 0.049 0.025 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.20 0A02 PSPI 588 0.118 0.040 0.018 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.37 0A02 PSPI 592 0.100 0.045 0.013 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.29.48 0A02 PSPI 593 0.130 0.046 0.018 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.32.32 0A02 PSPI 603 0.219 0.051 0.039 5 0.000 0 0 3
B1 05.34.14 0A02 PSPI 606 0.129 0.032 0.129 2 0.000 0 0 3
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
05.34.14 8003 28.47 0.168 0.132 231 0.021 0 10 3
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------- --------

Example: Using Multiple ID Options

The following commands produce a transaction log:

FLASHBACK LIST REGID JOBNAME DATETIME TRANID,

TERMID,
TRAN NUM
END
RUN

262 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FLASHBACK LIST Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TERM TRAN

ID JOBNAME DATE TIME ID ID NUMBER
-- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------
A1 CICA 12/06/08 21.16.58 CSDA CNSL 19
A1 CICA 12/06/08 21.21.52 CIRB CNSL 20
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.22.41 TCP N/A 0
A1 CICA 12/06/08 21.24.20 TCP N/A 0
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.22.42 KCP N/A 0
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.06 JJJ N/A 0
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.06 CATD N/A 51
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.07 CSNE N/A 52
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.08 CSGM ZA00 53
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.15 VGBR N/A 55
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.20 CSNE N/A 56
-- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------
B1 CICB 12/06/08 21.23.20 306
-- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- --------

Create Report with Specified Columns

To produce a flashback report with different columns than the default report, specify
one or more variables with the FLASHBACK LIST command. A column is created in the
report for each variable you specify.

The following commands produce a report that displays all the components comprising
transaction lifetime. Note that TRAN EXPC and TRAN CPU are not true components of
transaction lifetime, because the times found in these variables are accounted for in
other variables.

FLASHBACK LIST TIME TRANID TRAN NUM AND,

TRAN LIFE AND,
TRAN USER AND,
TRAN CICS AND,
TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN WAIT AND,
TRAN SUSP AND,
TRAN WTR AND,
TRAN RSCS AND,
TRAN EXPC AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPU
COUNT 20
END
RUN

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 263

FLASHBACK LIST Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN
TIME ID NUMBER LIFE USER CICS I/O WAIT SUSP WTR RSCS EXPC TMIO CPU
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
21.16.58 CSDA 19 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.011
21.21.52 CIRB 20 13.30 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.375 0.000 0.002 5.519 0.004 1.521 1.175
21.22.41 TCP 0 911.9 0.000 0.000 0.381 901.3 0.000 2.173 3.597 0.325 0.000 2.110
21.24.20 TCP 0 912.3 0.000 0.000 0.000 906.8 0.000 1.372 1.900 0.233 0.000 1.051
21.22.42 KCP 0 912.3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 895.7 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.878
21.23.06 JJJ 0 937.1 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.418 934.7 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.000 1.942
21.23.06 CATD 51 6.529 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.124 0.000 0.009 2.579 0.003 0.000 0.326
21.23.07 CSNE 52 0.081 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.068
21.23.08 CSGM 53 0.264 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.139 0.001 0.017 0.010
21.23.15 VGBR 55 0.332 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.080 0.221 0.002 0.000 0.023
21.23.15 CSNE 56 0.013 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
21.23.15 306 335.8 0.000 0.000 0.035 164.5 84.97 81.76 1.269 0.052 0.140 0.782
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------------- -- -------- -------- --------

Create a Customized FLASHBACK LIST Report

To produce a FLASHBACK LIST report that has the date, time, or day in the first column,
or the date and time in the first two columns, specify the DATE, TIME, DAY, or
DATETIME operand with the FLASHBACK LIST command.

Note: Because the width of the output page limits the number of columns that can
appear in a report, you can use the DATE, TIME, DAY, or DATETIME operand only if you
specify the variables to be included in your report and limit their number. The number
of variables you can specify depends upon the width of the column required for each.

Example: Sample Commands

The following FLASHBACK LIST command is specified with the DATETIME operand. The
COUNT command, specified with the SELECTED operand, limits the report to 15
transactions meeting either the FROM or the TO criterion specified.

FLASHBACK LIST DATETIME TRANID TRAN LIFE AND,

TRAN I/OTIME AND,
TRAN WAIT AND,
TRAN SUSP AND,
TERM I/OTIME AND,
TRAN CPU
FROM 12/06/08 21:00:00
TO 12/06/08 22:00:00
COUNT 15 SELECTED
END
RUN

264 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 FLASHBACK LIST Command

A report like the following is generated:

TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN

DATE TIME ID LIFE I/O WAIT SUSP TMIO CPU
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
12/06/08 21.16.58 CSDA 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.011
12/06/08 21.21.52 CIRB 13.30 0.000 1.375 0.000 1.521 1.175
12/06/08 21.22.41 TCP 911.9 0.381 901.3 0.000 0.000 2.110
12/06/08 21.24.20 TCP 912.3 0.000 906.8 0.000 0.000 1.051
12/06/08 21.22.42 KCP 912.3 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 1.878
12/06/08 21.23.06 JJJ 937.1 0.000 0.418 934.7 0.000 1.942
12/06/08 21.23.06 CATD 6.529 0.000 0.124 0.000 0.000 0.326
12/06/08 21.23.07 CSNE 0.081 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.068
12/06/08 21.23.08 CSGM 0.264 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.017 0.010
12/06/08 21.23.15 VGBR 0.332 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.023
12/06/08 21.23.41 VGBQ 19.33 0.000 0.000 0.000 18.40 0.151
12/06/08 21.28.18 VGBS 306.6 0.000 0.000 0.000 304.6 0.633
12/06/08 21.28.20 CSAC 0.647 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.015
12/06/08 21.28.23 END 0.486 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.232
12/06/08 21.28.23 CSNE 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.003
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
12/06/08 21.28.23 251.3 0.024 113.1 58.42 20.29 0.602
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------

Limit Default FLASHBACK Reports to Specified Variable Values

Specify the RANGE command with the FLASHBACK LIST or FLASHBACK system command
to produce a report about only those resources that fulfill the specified range criteria.
You can specify more than one RANGE command in a single report.

The following commands produce a report showing all transactions that had an average
terminal response time greater than ten seconds:

FLASHBACK LIST
RANGE TERM RESP 10+ DEFERRED
END
RUN

A report like the following is generated:

CICS END TERM OPER TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TERM TERM TRAN FILE FILE PROG ABEND
ID TIME ID ID ID NUMBER LIFE CPU RESP IO I/O COUNT USE COUNT CODE
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
B1 23.25.13 N/A N/A 276 56.41 0.007 28.19 2 0.000 0 0 1
A1 23.25.02 N/A N/A 27 44.26 0.065 21.65 2 0.000 0 0 1
A1 01.47.08 WAK N/A 278 10.92 0.317 10.92 2 0.000 0 0 7
A1 01.48.24 WAK N/A 279 15.99 0.060 15.99 2 0.000 0 0 4
B1 02.11.44 N/A N/A 3498 14.20 0.178 14.20 2 0.106 1 1 8
B1 02.14.43 AFL N/A 3708 13.18 0.062 13.18 2 0.000 0 0 4
A1 02.23.35 WAS N/A 794 24.26 0.059 24.26 2 0.000 0 0 4
A1 02.41.37 AFK N/A 1157 22.84 0.654 16.20 3 0.339 2 114 5
B1 02.41.48 N/A N/A 5247 12.28 1.820 12.28 2 5.885 2 432 8
A1 02.42.11 PSH N/A 1164 36.29 5.162 14.60 4 0.000 0 0 7
B1 02.44.43 N/A N/A 5411 14.43 0.139 14.43 2 0.046 1 1 8
B1 02.49.25 N/A N/A 5671 38.82 5.740 38.82 2 23.64 3 618 1
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
---- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ----- ----------- -------- -------- --------

Chapter 11: Historical Reports 265

Chapter 12: Messages
This section contains the following topics:
Syntax Error Messages (see page 267)
Other Messages (see page 268)

Syntax Error Messages

Messages issued by the Report Writer begin with the letters ERPT. Some Report Writer
messages identify syntax errors in your history reporting job stream. These messages
appear in the output from the Report Writer. Such messages identify syntax errors in
the following way:
■ The line in the job stream that contains the syntax error is displayed.
■ The syntax error is marked on the following line with a dollar sign ($).
■ The message identifying the syntax error appears on the line below the line
containing the dollar sign.

Syntax errors that are identified by messages of type E cause the Report Writer to
terminate.

The following example shows how the Report Writer identifies a syntax error:

TAB DATE MVS CPU %BUSY AND,

MVS JOB CONT
$
ERPT204E ILLEGAL VARIABLE
END
RUN
ERPT202E 1 SYNTAX ERRORS ENCOUNTERED
ERPT229I RUN TERMINATED FOR ABOVE REASONS

In this example, MVS JOB CONT is identified as an illegal variable. The Report Writer
terminates.

Chapter 12: Messages 267

Other Messages

Other Messages
ERPT200I XPFRMAIN v.rm status mm/dd/yy hh.mm.ss
Explanation: The Report Writer has begun or has completed running the reports you
requested. status is either INITIATED or COMPLETED. v.rm is the version, release, and
maintenance level of the Report Writer. mm/dd/yy hh.mm.ss is the date and time at
which the Report Writer has begun or has completed running the reports.

ERPT201E MAIN STORAGE EXHAUSTED, PGM -program, OFFSET -offset

Explanation: The program identified by program requested storage for the Report
Writer to run, but not enough virtual storage is available. offset is the offset within the
program that requested storage.

Action: Do one or more of the following:

■ Reduce the number of plot lines that the Report Writer prints.
Note: The need for virtual memory by the Report Writer is nearly proportional to
the number of plot lines that are to print.
■ Specify fewer reports at a time.
■ Specify a larger interval in the EACH command.
■ Specify a shorter time range using the FROM and TO commands.
■ Use the COUNT command.
■ Run the job in a larger partition or region.

ERPT202E n SYNTAX ERRORS ENCOUNTERED

Explanation: The Report Writer has encountered n syntax errors.

Action: Correct the syntax errors and resubmit the job.

ERPT204E ILLEGAL VARIABLE

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. The variable above the dollar sign
($) is invalid. For an explanation of how the Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see
Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Correct the invalid variable.

268 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Other Messages

ERPT205E UNKNOWN COMMAND

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. The control statement above the
dollar sign ($) contains an invalid command. For an explanation of how the Report
Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267)
in this chapter.

Action: Correct the invalid command.

ERPT206E DUPLICATE COMMANDS

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. The command above the dollar sign
($) is a duplicate. You can use some commands only once in any given report. For
instance, only one FROM or TO command can be used in a single report. For an
explanation of how the Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That
Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Remove the duplicate command.

ERPT207E TOO FEW OPERANDS

Explanation: The Report Writer did not find enough operands to produce a report. This
error may have been caused by the lack of a continuation comma at the end of a line.
The continuation comma tells the Report Writer that more operands will follow on the
next line. A dollar sign ($) underscores the last operand that the Report Writer found.
For an explanation of how the Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That
Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Either add more operands or place a comma after the last character on the line.

ERPT208E INVALID OPERAND

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. The operand above the dollar sign
($) is incomplete or invalid. For an explanation of how the Report Writer identifies
syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Correct the partial or invalid operand.

ERPT210E UNEXPECTED OPERANDS: IGNORED

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. You exceeded the maximum
number of operands the current command can accept. The operand above the dollar
sign ($) is the first operand to exceed the maximum number. For an explanation of how
the Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see
page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Delete the excessive operands and rerun the report.

Chapter 12: Messages 269

Other Messages

ERPT211E OPERAND IGNORED

Explanation: This message follows other syntax error messages and indicates that the
current operand has been discarded. The Report Writer continues to look at the
remainder of the operands to finish checking for errors and then terminates processing.

Action: Correct the syntax error.

ERPT212E MISSING COMMA OR PARENTHESIS

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. You omitted a comma or

parenthesis at the location above the dollar sign ($). For an explanation of how the
Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see
page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Insert a comma or a parenthesis.

ERPT213E EACH VALUE GREATER THAN PERIOD VALUE

Explanation: The EACH time value is greater than the PERIOD time value. Since the
EACH command defines the time span represented by each detail line, and the PERIOD
command defines the time span covered by a Report Writer summary, the EACH time
value cannot be greater than the PERIOD time value.

Action: Change the EACH or PERIOD value to correct the error. The default for the EACH
command is one day.

ERPT214E RUN CARD WITHOUT PREVIOUS END CARD

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. You tried to issue a RUN command
before issuing an END command to end the last report. A dollar sign ($) underscores the
RUN command that you issued out of sequence. For an explanation of how the Report
Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267)
in this chapter.

Action: Enter an END command to end the last report prior to using the RUN command.

ERPT215E COMMAND IGNORED

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. The current command was ignored,
along with all of its operands. This error message follows other error messages that
identify the specific problem. A dollar sign ($) underscores the part of the command that
generated the error. For an explanation of how the Report Writer identifies syntax
errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Correct the command and resubmit the report.

270 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Other Messages

ERPT216E END CARD ENTERED WITHOUT ANY REPORT COMMANDS

Explanation: An END command signaled the end of a report, but no report existed.

Action: Specify a report before you issue the END command.

ERPT217E NO MAIN REPORT COMMAND FOR THIS REPORT

Explanation: The END command has signaled the end of a report, but the Report Writer
did not find a primary command to begin the report.

Action: Specify a primary command for the report.

ERPT218E INTERNAL ERROR: ADDRESS - addr CSECT - cname OFFSET - offset

Explanation: An internal error occurred addr identifies the address where the error
occurred, cname is the name of the CSECT, and offset is the offset into the CSECT.

Action: Contact Technical Support. Before calling, collect as much information about the
problem as possible, including the listing of the run in which this error occurred.

ERPT219E EOF WITH MISSING END COMMAND

Explanation: End-of-file was reached, but the required END command was missing for
the last report.

Action: End this and all other reports with the END command.

ERPT221W NO MATCHING DATA

Explanation: This message occurs during report writing rather than during syntax
checking. The Report Writer could find no data in the log file to match the following
items you specified: the times, the identifiers, or the variables with non-zero activity.

The Report Writer considers zero activity for a given variable to be no activity. For
example, if you requested a report on the variable TRANSACTION WAITS, and no waits
existed for any transactions during the time you specified, you would receive this
message.

Action: Either modify your commands to change the time boundaries for the report or
make the identifier restrictions more general.

ERPT222W NO REPORTS TO PRINT

Explanation: You tried to execute the Report Writer but did not specify any report
commands.

Action: Specify one or more report commands.

Chapter 12: Messages 271

Other Messages

ERPT223E XPFRMAIN ABORTED FOR THE ABOVE REASONS

Explanation: Because of the errors listed above this message, your reports were not
printed.

Action: Check the messages preceding this message and then take the appropriate
action. If you need help, contact Technical Support.

ERPT224I format DATE FORMAT REQUESTED

Explanation: The Report Writer expects the date format identified by format, but your
report includes dates in another format. format is either dd/mm/yy or mm/dd/yy
(where dd is the day, mm is the month, and yy is the year).

Action: Alter your dates to conform to the format the Report Writer expects, or use the
DATEFRMT operand of the OPTION command to specify the type of date format you
want. For more information about the OPTION command, see the chapter “Commands.”

ERPT226E NO LIST AFTER OPERAND

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. An ID option either has no

identifiers or has no left parenthesis before its identifiers. The format for ID options
requiring identifiers is a left parenthesis followed by one or more identifiers separated
by commas, and a closing right parenthesis. One or more identifiers or a left parenthesis
should appear at the location above the dollar sign ($). For an explanation of how the
Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see
page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Supply the missing identifiers or parentheses.

ERPT227E INCOMPATIBLE REPORT TYPES MIXED

Explanation: One of the following has occurred:

■ The three report types PLOT, GRAF, and TAB are mutually exclusive. You have
requested more than one type of these reports between END commands.
■ You have specified the command EACH RECORD with the HPLOT command but have
not included a SCALE operand with the HPLOT command.

Action: Submit only one report type for each END command, or include a SCALE
operand when you use the EACH RECORD command with the HPLOT command.

ERPT228I QUIT COMMAND ENCOUNTERED

Explanation: A QUIT command was encountered. The QUIT command stops syntax
checking and halts the Report Writer without reading another command.

Action: No action is required.

272 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Other Messages

ERPT229W RUN TERMINATED FOR ABOVE REASONS

Explanation: The Report Writer terminated for the reasons listed above this message.

Action: Correct the errors and resubmit the report.

ERPT230I RUN COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY

Explanation: The Report Writer successfully completed the reports you requested.

ERPT231I NO ERRORS FOUND IN CONTROL CARDS

Explanation: The Report Writer finished parsing your commands and found no errors.

ERPT232I filename OPENED

Explanation: The Report Writer successfully opened the file identified by filename.

ERPT233I filename CLOSED

Explanation: The Report Writer successfully closed the file identified by filename.

ERPT234E UNBALANCED PARENTHESIS

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. The number of left parentheses in
your job stream does not match the number of right parentheses. A parenthesis should
appear at the location above the dollar sign ($). For an explanation of how the Report
Writer identifies syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267)
in this chapter.

Action: Balance the number of left and right parentheses.

ERPT235E NOT ENOUGH ROOM ON PAGE

Explanation: You are constructing a table with the TAB command, but the Report Writer
has run out of space on the page for the columns you are requesting.

Action: Remove some of the variables, decrease the size of the headings you selected
with the HDR1 and HDR2 commands, or use the FORMAT variable option to reduce the
number of columns used by each variable.

ERPT236E 'AND' NOT FOLLOWED BY A VARIABLE

Explanation: The Report Writer did not find a variable after the AND operand. This error
may have been caused by the lack of a continuation comma after the AND operand.

Action: Either add more variables or place a comma after the AND operand.

Chapter 12: Messages 273

Other Messages

ERPT237I SAMPLE REPORT EXPANSION

Explanation: The Report Writer generates the statements that follow this message.

ERPT238E INVALID VARIABLE/ID-OPTION COMBINATION

Explanation: Either the order of the variables in a multiple-variable report is incorrect,

or you specified variables that are not logically related in a tabular report that is broken
down by identifier.

Action: Change the order of your variables or specify only variables that are logically
related.

ERPT239E VSAM ERROR WAS DETECTED IN FILE filename REQUEST=xx.

Explanation: An attempt to access the file identified by filename failed. xx is the VSAM
request type. This message is followed by message ERPT240E.

Action: Use the information in message ERPT240E to determine the problem.

ERPT240E R15=X 'code1' ERROR CODE=X 'code2'

Explanation: Your attempt to access the file identified by filename in message ERPT239E
failed. code1 is the return code from register 15, and code2 is the error code.

Action: Use the codes in the message to correct the error. For the meanings of these
codes, see the IBM manual containing VSAM messages and codes.

ERPT242I RECORD IGNORED, OUTSIDE TIME LIMITS

Explanation: The record that the Report Writer is currently processing is outside the
limits set by the report parameters. The record is ignored.

ERPT244E INVALID LOG FILE RECORD FORMAT

Explanation: The record just read by the Report Writer has an invalid record format.

Action: Make sure that the records you have instructed the Report Writer to read have
been correctly identified to the Report Writer. Verify that the associated INPUT
commands are correct. For more information about the INPUT command, see the
chapter “Commands.”

274 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Other Messages

ERPT247E INVALID IDENTIFIER SPECIFIED

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. The identifier above the dollar sign
($) is invalid. For an explanation of how the Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see
Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Correct the invalid identifier.

ERPT254E INVALID DATE FORMAT OPTION

Explanation: An invalid date format was detected.

Action: Correct the format of the DATEFRMT operand of the OPTION command so that
it is either mm/dd/yy or dd/mm/yy.

ERPT255E FLASHBACK LIST MUST RUN AS SINGLE REPORT

Explanation: You have included more than one report with a flashback report.

Action: Run each flashback report by itself.

ERPT257I MAXIMUM RECORD COUNT EXCEEDED, EOF FORCED

Explanation: The number of input records read within the FROM/TO range exceeds the
maximum value you set in the COUNT command. The reports you requested were
printed, but the records exceeding the maximum value were ignored.

ERPT258I RECORDS READ BY REPORT WRITER nnnnnn

Explanation: The Report Writer read a total of nnnnnn input records.

ERPT259I RECORDS WITH TO/FROM RANGE nnnnnn

Explanation: nnnnnn is the total number of input records read that passed the minimum
FROM and maximum TO date and time criteria.

ERPT260I RECORDS PASSING SELECTION CRITERIA nnnnnn

Explanation: nnnnnn is the total number of input records read that passed all selection
and range criteria.

Chapter 12: Messages 275

Other Messages

ERPT261E ERROR LOADING COMMAND TABLE table RC=code

Explanation: An attempt to load the command table identified by table did not
complete successfully. Processing of reports terminates immediately. code is the return
code of the load request.

Action: Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help,
contact Technical Support.

ERPT262E EOF WITH MISSING RUN COMMAND

Explanation: End-of-file was reached for SYSIPT, and no RUN command was
encountered.

Action: Include the RUN command and resubmit the report.

ERPT263E RUN COMMAND ASSUMED

Explanation: The Report Writer encountered one or more END commands, but did not
find a following RUN command. The Report Writer terminates.

Action: Add a RUN command after the last END command and resubmit the job.

ERPT264E ERRORS DETECTED IN cname

Explanation: An error was detected in an internal program name. cname is the name of
a CSECT.

Action: Contact Technical Support.

ERPT265E TOO FEW COLUMNS AVAILABLE

Explanation: The EACH and PERIOD commands were used with the VPLOT command.
The quotient of the PERIOD value divided by the EACH value must be less than or equal
to the number of available plot columns. The Report Writer found that the resulting
VPLOT report does not meet this criterion.

Action: Increase the EACH value, decrease the PERIOD value, or alter both values so that
the quotient of these values is less than or equal to the number of columns your report
has available. The default number of columns is 110.

ERPT266E INVALID LOG RECORD TYPE: type1 - Xtype2

Explanation: The Report Writer detected an invalid record type. type1 is the product
type and type2 is the hexadecimal record type.

Action: Check to see whether you have an invalid or corrupt data file.

276 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Other Messages

ERPT268I REPORT# nn STORAGE ALLOCATED = mmmmmK BYTES

Explanation: The Report Writer allocated mmmmmK bytes of storage to report number
nn. Either you asked to see what storage was allocated to a report by specifying the
command OPTION(STORSTAT=YES), or one or more reports have depleted your storage
so that the Report Writer subsystem cannot run. If your storage is depleted, one of
these messages appears for every report you tried to run, following message ERPT201,
MAIN STORAGE EXHAUSTED.

ERPT269I MOUNT TAPE FILE - filename

Explanation: The Report Writer finished reading input from the previous tape file and is
asking you to mount the tape containing the next input file. filename is the name of the
next input file. The Report Writer requests the file names in the same order that you
specified them with the INPUT command.

Action: No action is required.

ERPT271E ERROR LOADING MESSAGE TABLE table RC=code

Explanation: An attempt to load the message table identified by table did not complete
successfully. Processing of reports terminates immediately. code is the return code of
the load request.

Action: Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help,
contact Technical Support.

ERPT272W ERROR LOADING USER EXIT name RC=code

Explanation: An attempt to load the user exit identified by name did not complete
successfully. code is the return code of the load request.

Action: Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help,
contact Technical Support.

ERPT273I VIRTUAL STORAGE AVAILABLE - nnnnK

Explanation: nnnnK of virtual storage is available at the end of the reporting process.
This message is displayed if you specify the command OPTION(STORSTAT=YES).

ERPT274I STATUS: CNT - nnnn TIME - mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss

Explanation: You asked to see the report status by specifying the command
OPTION(RPTSTAT=YES). nnnn is the current input record count. The current input record
is date-stamped mm/dd/yy and time-stamped hh:mm:ss.

Action: No action is required.

Chapter 12: Messages 277

Other Messages

ERPT275E ERROR LOADING MODULE module RC= code

Explanation: An attempt to load the module identified by module did not complete
successfully. Processing of reports terminates immediately. code is the return code of
the load request.

Action: Record the return code and then take appropriate action. If you need help,
contact Technical Support.

ERPT276E INVALID UTILITY REQUESTED - name

Explanation: The Report Writer requested an unknown or invalid internal utility. name
is the name of the utility requested.

Action: Contact Technical Support.

ERPT277E FLASHBACK CONTROL RECORD NOT FOUND IN - EXPxxxx

Explanation: The Report Writer attempted to read the flashback file (EXPxxxx) but failed
because it could not locate the flashback control record.

Action: Change the DLBL statement to point to a valid flashback file.

ERPT278I nnnnnnnn filename RECORDS

Explanation: The Report Writer successfully read nnnnnnnn physical records from the
file identified by filename.

Action: No action is required.

ERPT280E INCOMPATIBLE VARIABLE TYPE

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. You attempted to use a character
type variable in a report other than a TAB, TAB2, or FLASHBACK report. The variable
above the dollar sign ($) is invalid. For an explanation of how the Report Writer
identifies syntax errors, see Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this
chapter.

Action: Change the invalid variable or specify a TAB, TAB2, or FLASHBACK report.

ERPT281W RECORD CORRUPTION DETECTED, RECORD IGNORED: Xtype VAR=variable

Explanation: The Report Writer has detected a corrupt record. type is the hexadecimal
record type, and variable is the internal name of the variable that detected the
corruption.

Action: Specify the command OPTION(DUMP=CORRUPT) and rerun the report. All
corrupt records are now printed in dump format. Then contact Technical Support.

278 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 Other Messages

ERPT282I DCMPGS OUTPUT CREATED: LIBRARY-library.sublibrary MEMBER - member

Explanation: Output formatted for use with RView has been created by the Report
Writer in the member identified by member in the library identified by library.sublibrary.

ERPT286E INVALID EXPRESSION

Explanation: You used the DEFINE command with the VAR operand to define a new
variable, but it contains an invalid arithmetic expression.

Action: Correct the invalid expression and rerun the report. Make sure all components,
operators, and parentheses are delimited by blanks.

ERPT287E DUPLICATE VARIABLE NAME - CHOOSE DIFFERENT NAME

Explanation: You used the DEFINE command with the VAR operand to define a new
variable, but the name you chose for the new variable already exists.

Action: Choose a different variable name and rerun the report.

ERPT289I RECORDS DECOMPRESSED: numrecs COMPRESSION FACTOR: factor %

Explanation: The Report Writer has read a series of compressed records. numrecs is the
number of records decompressed, and factor is the compression factor.

Action: No action is required.

ERPT290E INCOMPATIBLE OPERANDS SPECIFIED

Explanation: This message identifies a syntax error. You have specified two or more
incompatible operands. The operand above the dollar sign ($) is incompatible with a
prior operand. For an explanation of how the Report Writer identifies syntax errors, see
Messages That Identify Syntax Errors (see page 267) in this chapter.

Action: Correct the error and resubmit the report.

Chapter 12: Messages 279

Appendix A: User Exits
This section contains the following topics:
About User Exits (see page 281)
Supplied User Exits (see page 281)

About User Exits

The Report Writer lets you specify a user exit routine. The Report Writer loads the exit
routine during initialization and then passes control to the routine according to the exit
command you have specified.

To defer the user exit call until after all selection criteria have been applied and have the
Report Writer pass to the user exit only those records passing all selection criteria, such
as ID options and RANGE commands, use the DEFEREXT operand of OPTION command.
For a description, see the OPTION operands in the chapter “Commands.”

Supplied User Exits

Two user exit routines, EXPGUX and PRTGUX, are supplied with CA SYSVIEW. The source
code for these exits is in the sample library. The following table shows the user exits,
when the Report Writer passes control to each, and the exit command used to specify
that routine. For explanations of these exit commands, see the chapter “Commands.”

User Exit When Control Is Passed Exit Command

EXPGUX After each record is read and before the EXITRTN
Report Writer processes the record
PRTGUX Before each line is printed PRTEXIT

Source Code
The source code for the supplied user exits is in the EXPGUX and PRTGUX members of
the sysview.SAMPLIB.

Important! If you modify either of the supplied user exits, make a backup copy of the
member using another name. When you install a new release of CA SYSVIEW, PRTGUX
and EXPGUX are overwritten. Unless you have a backup copy of the member, you will
lose any modifications you made.

Appendix A: User Exits 281

Appendix B: Sample Reports
This section contains the following topics:
List of Sample Reports (see page 283)

List of Sample Reports

The Report Writer includes sample reports on many frequently requested topics. You
can find supplied sample reports in the SAMPLIB.

The following sections list the available sample reports and give a brief description of
each.

Important! The canned reports naming convention is not supported. You can find the
associated member names for old canned reports in the SAMPLIB member $$INDEX.

CICS Sample Reports

The following are the available CICS sample reports:
CICS.CICSSTAT
Member: CICS001
Displays CICS statistics broken down by individual CICS systems.
CICS.DCT
Member: CICS002
Displays a graph of transient data set usage.
CICS.MAXTIME
Member: CICS003
Displays a detailed tabular report all active transactions with a complete breakdown
of all transaction maximum lifetime components.
CICS.OPERSTAT
Member: CICS004
Displays a tabular report of the transactions used by an operator and the
performance that was achieved.

Appendix B: Sample Reports 283

List of Sample Reports

CICS.PROGUSE
Member: CICS005
Displays a graph of program usage.
CICS.TEMPSTOR
Member: CICS006
Displays a tabular report of all active transactions with various temporary storage
statistics.
CICS.TERMIO
Member: CICS007
Displays a graph of terminal I/O for each terminal that has been used.
CICS.TERMRESP
Member: CICS008
Displays a graph of terminal response time for each terminal in the system.
CICS.TERMRESP.RANGE
Member: CICS009
Displays transaction usage broken down into terminal response-time groups.
CICS.TERMSTAT
Member: CICS010
Displays a tabular report all terminals that were active and how each performed.
CICS.TERMTRAN
Member: CICS011
Displays a graph of terminal usage and all transaction for each terminal.
CICS.TIMESTAT
Member: CICS012
Displays a detailed tabular report of transactions with a complete breakdown of all
transaction lifetime components.
CICS.TRANFIO
Member: CICS013
Displays a graph that breaks down the transactions by their use and describes data
set usage for each transaction, for each data set.
CICS.TRANLIFE.RANGE
Member: CICS014
Displays transaction usage broken down into specific transaction lifetime groups.

284 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 List of Sample Reports

CICS.TRANRESP
Member: CICS015
Displays transaction usage broken down by their lifetime and shows terminal
response time for each terminal used by each transaction.
CICS.TRANSTAT
Member: CICS016
Displays a tabular report of when transactions were used, how each transaction
performed, and what resources it used.
CICS.TRANTERM
Member: CICS017
Displays a tabular report of all active transactions and the associated terminals.
CICS.TRANTIO
Member: CICS018
Displays a graph of terminal IOs for each terminal a transaction used and the GRAF
transaction use for each transaction used.
CICS.TRANUSE
Member: CICS019
Displays a graph of transaction use in the system.
CICS.TRANWAIT
Member: CICS020
Displays a graph of transaction waits.
CICS.PROGLIST
Member: CICS021
Displays a tabular summary of transactions with the programs they are calling along
with basic statistics.

Appendix B: Sample Reports 285

List of Sample Reports

CICS.TRANLIFE
Member: CICS022
Displays a table of particular times constituting transaction lifetime in the first
report report and transaction wait time in the second report
CICS.LIFEDIST
Member: CICS023
Displays a table showing a statistics of transaction lifetime intervals. Number of
transactions and a percentage is displayed for several intervals.
CICS.DSNDIST
Member: CICS024
Displays a table showing a statistics of dataset usage by transactions. Number of
transactions and a percentage is displayed for several intervals.
CICS.DB2DIST
Member: CICS025
Displays a table showing a statistics of DB2 calls by transactions. Number of
transactions and a percentage is displayed for several intervals.
CICS.STORDIST
Member: CICS026
Displays a table showing a statistics of storage used by transactions. Number of
transactions and a percentage is displayed for several intervals.

286 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 List of Sample Reports

IMS Sample Reports

The following are the available IMS sample reports:
IMS.IMS01
Member: IMS01
Displays transaction lifetime breakdown and usage in tabular format.
IMS.IMS02
Member: IMS02
Displays the following graphs:
■ Transaction usage by program specification
■ Transaction lifetime sorted by logical terminals
IMS.IMS03
Member: IMS03
Plots the transaction usage over time.
IMS.IMSSUM01
Member: IMSSUM01
Displays various region processing time statistics for each program specification
block.
IMS.IMSSUM02
Member: IMSSUM02
Counts DL/I calls to message queues for each jobname.
IMS.IMSSUM03
Member: IMSSUM03
Plots the summary of database DL/I calls.
IMS.IMSSUM04
Member: IMSSUM04
Shows the database operation counts for each user ID in tabular format.

Appendix B: Sample Reports 287

List of Sample Reports

MQ Sample Reports
The following are the available MQ sample reports:
MQ.REQLIST
Member: MQ001
Displays statistics on job activity sorted by time and summarized for all or selected
objects.
MQ.REQFAIL
Member: MQ002
Displays statistics on job activity sorted by time and summarized for all or selected
objects.
MQ.REQTIME
Member: MQ003
Displays request time statistics for jobs sorted by time and summarized for all or
selected objects.

288 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 List of Sample Reports

MVS Sample Reports

The following are the available MVS sample reports. You can produce MVS sample
reports only if you run either CMF or RMF.
MVS.ASCB.STAT
Member: MVS001
Displays information about address space performance in tabular format.
MVS.CPU.PLOT.STAT
Member: MVS003
Displays a horizontal plot of CPU usage in one-hour intervals.
MVS.CPU.RESIDENCY.REPORT
Member: MVS004
Displays a scatter plot of job residency on the vertical axis and job CPU on the
horizontal axis.
MVS.CPU.VPLOT.STAT
Member: MVS005
Displays a vertical plot of CPU use in 15-minute intervals.
MVS.DEVICE.STAT
Member: MVS006
Displays a tabular report of information on all active z/OS devices.
MVS.DISK.DSN.STAT
Member: MVS007
Displays a tabular report of exception counts on the 10 most active data sets on
each volume.
MVS.DISK.STAT
Member: MVS008
Displays a tabular report of information on all active z/OS DASD.
MVS.DSN.GRAF.STAT
Member: MVS009
Displays a graph of exception counts for active non-VSAM input and output data
sets.
MVS.DSN.STAT
Member: MVS010
Displays a tabular report of exception counts for active non-VSAM input and output
data sets.

Appendix B: Sample Reports 289

List of Sample Reports

MVS.PAGING.STAT
Member: MVS011
Displays a tabular report of various paging statistics.
MVS.SWAP.STAT
Member: MVS012
Displays a tabular report of various swap statistics by swap reason.
MVS.SYSTEM.STAT
Member: MVS013
Displays a tabular report of general z/OS system statistics.
MVS.VSAM.STAT
Member: MVS014
Displays a tabular report of various information for all active z/OS VSAM data sets.
AUDITLOG Sample Report
Member: AUDIT01
Displays a flashback report of AUDITLOG records.
COMMON Sample reports
Member: STEXC01
Displays a tabular report of state changes for State Exception records.

290 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

Index
* of MPLOT command • 235, 241
of PLOT command • 226
* (asterisk) of PLOT2 command • 228
comment line delimiter • 18 of VPLOT command • 232
generic character in identifiers • 184 of VPLOT2 command • 234
in output report • 156 CHAR2 operand
of PLOT command • 226
+ of PLOT2 command • 228
+ (plus sign) generic character in identifiers • 184 charge-back reports
COST command • 42
A examples • 216
ALONE operand CICS variables • 108, 136
of PLOT command • 90, 224 column headings
of PLOT2 command • 90 changing in tabular reports • 195
of RANGE command • 91 meanings of in FLASHBACK LIST reports • 258
ASCB variable class, MVS • 136 comma, for continuing to new line • 18
asterisk (*) commands
comment line delimiter • 18 blank lines in jobstream • 18
generic character in identifiers • 184 blank spaces in jobstream • 18
in output report • 156 CARDLEN • 41
AVERAGE line, printing in reports • 80 case • 18
AVERAGE operand of OPTION command • 80 COMMENT • 41
AVERAGED operand of EACH command • 53 comment lines in jobstream • 18
continuing to new line • 18
B COST • 42
COUNT • 44
blank lines
DEFINE • 45
in jobstream • 18
EACH • 53
including in reports • 80
END • 27, 55
blank spaces
EXCLUDE • 56
in commands • 18
EXITRTN • 57
replacing zero values in reports • 80
FLASHBACK AUDIT • 57
BOTTOM operand
FLASHBACK LIST • 58
of TAB command • 204
FROM • 60
of TAB2 command • 219
GLOBAL • 64
braces, convention for use of • 16
GOTO • 65
brackets, convention for use of • 16
GRAF • 243
C GRAF2 • 68
history reporting • 18
CARDLEN command • 41 IF • 74
CDSA variable class, CICS • 109 INCLUDE • 75
CHANNEL variable class, MVS • 138 INVOICE • 77
CHAR1 operand PERIOD • 87
of GRAF command • 245, 246 PLOT • 88
of GRAF2 command • 252, 253, 255 PLOT2 • 90

Index 291
 position in line • 18 DEFINE command
processing order • 18 defining new variables • 49
PRTEXIT • 90 examples • 49
RANGE • 91 DEVICE variable class, MVS • 139
RUN • 27, 93 diagnostic dump of input • 80
SELECT • 93 diagnostic tracing facility • 80
SHIFT • 94 DIFF variable option • 199
TABulate • 96 disk space, minimizing use of • 80
TITLE1 • 99 DISK variable class, MVS • 140
TITLE2 • 99 DLI variable class, CICS • 110
TITLE3 • 99 DSN variable class, MVS • 140
TO • 60 DUMP operand of OPTION command • 80
used with variables • 40 dump, printing diagnostic of input • 80
variables, ID options • 40
VPLOT • 101 E
COMMENT command • 41 EACH command
comment line description • 53
asterisk delimiter(*) as • 18 with GRAF command • 244, 249
in output reports • 41 with HPLOT and VPLOT • 240, 241
multiple comment lines • 18 with HPLOT command • 237
continuation character in commands • 18 with MPLOT command • 235
COST command with PLOT command • 222
description • 42 with PLOT2 command • 227
example • 42, 216 with TAB command • 191, 195
related options • 42 with VPLOT command • 229, 230
related variables • 42 ECDSA variable class, CICS • 112
COUNT command • 265, 266 ellipsis, convention for use of • 16
COUNT variable option • 155 END command • 27, 55
CPU variable class, MVS • 138 ending a report • 55
create a job stream for a report • 25 end-of-file, when maximum TO time is exceeded •
CSVGEN Utility • 35 80
ERDSA variable class, CICS • 112
D ERPT267 message • 80
DATASET variable class, CICS • 109 ERPT274 message • 80
dates errors, excluding messages from print and display •
excluding dates or date ranges • 56 80
for limiting report data • 61, 62 EUDSA variable class, CICS • 113
format in reports • 80 EXCEPTION variable class, CICS • 113
include in a tabular report • 191 EXCLUDE command • 56
including dates or date ranges • 75 exclude identifiers with generic character • 184
including in report titles • 99 EXCP variable class, MVS • 141
DATETIME operand of the TAB command • 191 EXITRTN command • 57, 283
DAY operand, of the TAB command • 192 EXPGUX (supplied user exit) description • 283
decimal positions in output fields • 156
default value, convention for presenting • 16 F
DEFERRED operand first day of the week, specifying • 80
of COST command • 42 FLASHBACK AUDITLOG command • 57
of RANGE command • 91, 210, 267 FLASHBACK LIST command • 58

292 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 default report • 258 historical file
generate file type of CSV • 34 JCL for reports using • 25
limiting output • 257 using as input • 25
report description • 258 history reporting
restriction for running reports • 257 commands • 18
FOR operand commands, writing • 27
of GRAF command • 245, 246, 247 concepts and terminology • 14
of GRAF2 command • 252 memory requirements • 13
of TAB command • 203 purpose • 13
of TAB2 command • 217 HPLOT command
FORMAT variable option • 156 with MPLOT command • 240, 241
formatting identifiers • 185 with VPLOT command • 237
FROM command • 60
with FLASHBACK LIST • 258, 266 I
with GRAF command • 243 ID operand of EXCLUDE command • 56
with MPLOT command • 235 ID options
with PLOT command • 222 definition of • 14
with TAB command • 191 introduction to • 24
with VPLOT command • 229, 230 specifying identifiers with • 184, 185
using with commands • 175
G ID Options and Identifiers, using • 24
generic characters in identifiers identifiers
descriptions • 184 assigning new values for • 74
in GRAF report • 244 definition of • 14
in PLOT report • 223 formatting • 185
in PLOT2 report • 227 generic characters • 184
in TAB report • 203, 210, 213, 216 hexadecimal specification • 185
GLOBAL command • 64 introduction to • 24
global commands IF command • 74
definition of • 14 INCLUDE command • 75
list of • 27 input
global value, overriding • 64 limiting records read, specifying date and time •
GOTO command • 65 60
GRAF command • 243 printing dump of used or corrupted records • 80
GRAF2 command • 68 producing statistics on • 80
graph reports using both MVS and CICS data • 195
changing the scale of • 246, 253 using records with negative values • 157
defined • 243 zero values, including records with • 161
sorting • 247 INPUT command • 195
GROUP command • 70, 212 interval TRANSACTION variable class, CICS • 120
INVOICE command • 77
H IO variable class, MVS • 142
HDR1 operand of TAB command • 195, 216 italics, conventions for use in JCL • 16
HDR2 operand f TAB command • 195
HDR2 operand of TAB command • 195
J
HEADER command • 71 JCL for running reports • 25
hexadecimal, specifying identifiers using • 185 JOB variable class, MVS • 143
HIGHLIGHT operand of RANGE command • 91

Index 293
JOBNAME operand of FLASHBACK LIST command • parentheses, convention for use of • 16
263 PERCENT variable option • 159
performance groups • 70
L performance TRANSACTION variable class, CICS •
line count, setting for all reports • 78 120
line length setting • 41 PERFORMANCE variable class, MVS • 148
LOGICAL variable option • 157 PERIOD command • 87
lowercase PGMSTOR operand of OPTION command • 80
convention for use of • 16 planning reports • 21
using in commands • 18 PLOT command • 88
LPAR variable class, MVS • 144 plot reports, description of • 221
PLOT2 command • 90
M plotting
resource usage in vertical columns • 101
MAX variable option • 157
two variables • 90
MAXDATE variable option • 158
two variables across time • 103
MAXTIME variable option • 158
plus sign (+) generic character in identifiers • 184
MAXTO operand of OPTION command • 80
primary report commands
memory requirements • 13
definition of • 14, 28
messages
list of • 29
ERPT267 • 80
PRINT variable class, MVS • 149
ERPT274 • 80
printing variables
excluding from print and display • 80
as a maximum or minimum value • 157
status messages • 80
as a total • 161
MIN variable option • 157
date of highest value • 158
MPLOT command
fewer digits • 163
examples • 235
more digits • 163
with the HPLOT command • 240, 241
time of highest value • 158
N zero values • 80
PROCESSOR variable class, MVS • 149
negative values, treating as unsigned • 157 PROGram variable class, CICS • 115
not sign (?) generic character in identifiers • 184 PRTEXIT command • 90, 283
NULLINE operand of OPTION command • 80 PRTGUX, supplied user exit • 90, 283
NXTIME variable option • 162
NXTND variable option • 163 R
O RANGE command
description • 91
operand, definition of • 14 examples • 213
OPERATOR variable class, MVS • 145 with FLASHBACK LIST command • 267
options with GRAF • 250
functions • 105 with TAB command • 210
setting for all reports • 80 RANGE operand of OPTION command • 80
or-sign, convention for use of • 16 RANGE variable option • 212
RANGE, line in plot reports • 80
P RATE variable option
PAGE variable class, CICS • 114 description • 159
PAGE variable class, MVS • 145 with PLOT • 227
PAGESWAP variable class, MVS • 147 with PLOT2 • 228

294 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

 with TAB command • 195, 202 of HPLOT command • 237, 239
RECAP operand of OPTION command • 80 of MPLOT command • 235
RECSTAT operand of OPTION command • 80 of PLOT command • 225
REGID operand of FLASHBACK LIST command • 263 of VPLOT command • 230, 232
region size, recommended • 13 of VPLOT2 command • 234
REGION variable class, CICS • 115 secondary report commands
report definition of • 14, 30
create a job stream • 25 using to tailor reports • 33
report commands, definition of • 14 SELECT
Report Writer operand of COST command • 42
commands, definition of • 14 variable option • 200
concepts • 14 SELECT command • 93
introduction to • 13 SELECTED operand of COUNT command • 44, 266
memory requirements • 13 SELZERO variable option • 161
terminology • 14 SHIFT command • 248, 249
users • 13 SORT operand
reports of GRAF command • 247
creating file type of .csv • 34, 37 of TAB command • 207
defining field length • 156 sorting
formats available • 22 graph reports • 247
including lines with no activity in reports • 80 tabular reports • 206
information you want to include • 23 STACK operand of VPLOT command • 233
input, limiting records read • 61 statistics on input data records • 80
JCL, using historical file • 25 STEP variable class, MVS • 143
minimal commands for writing • 31 storage
multiple • 32 acquiring above or below 16M line • 80
overview of • 13 operand of OPTION command • 80
planning • 21 printing storage statistics • 80
printing zeros in • 80 tracing storage requests • 80
purpose • 13 used by report writer, displaying • 80
tailoring • 24 variable class, MVS • 150
tailoring with secondary report commands • 33 STORSTAT operand of OPTION command • 80
titles • 99 SU (service units) variable class, MVS • 151
types of • 22 summary line in tabular reports • 80
RIGHT variable option • 71 SUMMARY operand of OPTION command • 80
RPTSTAT operand of OPTION command • 80 SWAP variable class, MVS • 151
RUN command • 93 syntax conventions
applying • 18
S list of • 16
sample reports SYSTEM variable class, CICS • 116
CICS • 285
IMS • 289
T
list of • 285 TAB2SKIP operand of OPTION command • 80
MQ • 290 tabular reports
MVS • 291 introduction to • 189
SCALE operand producing • 96
of GRAF command • 246, 247 sorting • 206
of GRAF2 command • 253, 254 TABulate command • 96

Index 295
TEMPSTOR variable class, CICS • 116 user exits, defining exit to be called
TERMINAL variable class, CICS • 117 before each line is printed • 90
THRESHOLD variable class, CICS • 118 EXITRTN command • 283
time PRTEXIT command • 283
defining shifts • 94
defining time periods • 87 V
excluding time ranges • 56 variable names, structure and parts • 106
include column for in tabular report • 191 variable options
including column for in tabular report • 191 COUNT • 155
including in report titles • 99 definition of • 14
including time ranges • 75 DIFF • 199
period for report • 53 FORMAT • 156
specifying for report data • 61, 62 LOGICAL • 157
TIME operand MAX • 157
of FLASHBACK LIST command • 265 MAXDATE • 158
of TAB command • 191, 194 MAXTIME • 158
TITLE commands, keywords • 99 MIN • 157
title in a tabular report • 71 NXTIME • 162
TITLEn command • 99 NXTND • 163
TO command PERCENT • 159
description • 60 RATE • 159
maximum TO time checking • 80 SELECT • 200
with FLASHBACK LIST • 258, 266 SELZERO • 161
with GRAF command • 243 TOTAL • 161
with MPLOT command • 235 using • 23
with PLOT command • 222 XTIME • 162
with TAB command • 191 XTND • 163
with VPLOT command • 229, 230 variables
TOP operand changing from count to rate • 202
of TAB command • 204 convention for presenting • 16
of TAB2 command • 219 definition of • 14, 105
TOTAL variable option • 161 digits in output • 163
trace (diagnostic tracing facility) • 80 forming • 106
TRACE operand of OPTION command • 80 negative values in input • 157
transactions, reports on • 58 overview • 23
TRANSIENT variable class, CICS • 124 parts of • 106
TSO variable class, MVS • 152 plotting the distribution of one, based on the
value of another • 73
U purpose of • 23
UDSA variable class, CICS • 125 SMF field names • 108
UNDERLINE operand of RANGE command • 91 source for MVS • 108
underscoring, convention for use of • 16 used with commands • 40
uppercase zero values, including records with • 161
convention for use of • 16 VARS operand of GRAF2 command • 254
using in commands • 18 vertical bar, convention for use of • 16
user exits vertical plot, producing • 79
processing order • 283 virtual storage, required • 13
supplied user exits • 283 VPLOT command • 101

296 Using the CA EXPLORE Report Writer

VPLOT command with the HPLOT command • 237

W
WEEK operand of OPTION command • 80
writing multiple reports • 32

X
XMSG operand of OPTION command • 80
XTIME variable option • 162
XTND variable option • 163

Z
zeroes
in input, including records with • 161
including lines with no activity in reports • 80
printing in reports • 80
ZEROFLD operand of OPTION command • 80

Index 297